US20040049032A1 - Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines - Google Patents

Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040049032A1
US20040049032A1 US10/464,430 US46443003A US2004049032A1 US 20040049032 A1 US20040049032 A1 US 20040049032A1 US 46443003 A US46443003 A US 46443003A US 2004049032 A1 US2004049032 A1 US 2004049032A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
independently selected
optionally substituted
formula
ring
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/464,430
Inventor
Jean-Damien Charrier
Francesca Mazzei
David Kay
Andrew Miller
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US10/464,430 priority Critical patent/US20040049032A1/en
Assigned to VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED reassignment VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHARRIER, JEAN-DAMIEN, MILLER, ANDREW, KAY, DAVID, MAZZEI, FRANCESCA
Publication of US20040049032A1 publication Critical patent/US20040049032A1/en
Priority to US11/500,981 priority patent/US7557106B2/en
Priority to US12/436,407 priority patent/US8268829B2/en
Priority to US13/585,861 priority patent/US8779127B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/34One oxygen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D453/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids
    • C07D453/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids containing not further condensed quinuclidine ring systems

Definitions

  • the present invention provides a facile process for the preparation of substituted pyrimidines.
  • the process is useful for preparing inhibitors of protein kinases, especially of FLT-3 and the Aurora-family kinases, serine/threonine protein kinases.
  • the present invention also relates to inhibitors of FLT-3, Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and Aurora-3 protein kinases, and compositions thereof.
  • Protein kinases mediate intracellular signal transduction. They do this by effecting a phosphoryl transfer from a nucleoside triphosphate to a protein acceptor that is involved in a signaling pathway. There are a number of kinases and pathways through which extracellular and other stimuli cause a variety of cellular responses to occur inside the cell.
  • Examples of such stimuli include environmental and chemical stress signals (e.g., osmotic shock, heat shock, ultraviolet radiation, bacterial endotoxin, and H 2 O 2 ), cytokines (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ )), and growth factors (e.g., granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)).
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor alpha
  • growth factors e.g., granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)
  • An extracellular stimulus may affect one or more cellular responses related to cell growth, migration, differentiation, secretion of hormones, activation of transcription factors, muscle contraction, glucose metabolism, control of protein synthesis and regulation of cell cycle.
  • Aurora/Ipl1p kinase family regulators of chromosome segregation and cytokinesis
  • Giet, R. and Prigent, C. Aurora/Ipl1p-related kinases, a new oncogenic family of mitotic serine-threonine kinases
  • Nigg, E. A. Mitsubishi kinases as regulators of cell division and its checkpoints
  • Inhibitors of the Aurora kinase family therefore have the potential to block growth of all tumour types.
  • Aurora-A (“1”), B (“2”) and C (“3”)
  • Aurora-A (“1”), B (“2”) and C (“3”)
  • Aurora expression is low or undetectable in resting cells, with expression and activity peaking during the G2 and mitotic phases in cycling cells.
  • substrates for Aurora include histone H3, a protein involved in chromosome condensation, and CENP-A, myosin II regulatory light chain, protein phosphatase 1, TPX2, all of which are required for cell division.
  • Aurora kinases have been reported to be over-expressed in a wide range of human tumours. Elevated expression of Aurora-A has been detected in over 50% of colorectal (Bischoff, J. R., et al. A homologue of Drosophila aurora kinase is oncogenic and amplified in human colorectal cancers. EMBO J. 17, 3052-3065 (1998)) (Takahashi, T., et al. Centrosomal kinases, HsAIRk1 and HsAIRK3, are overexpressed in primary colorectal cancers. Jpn. J. Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014 (2000)). ovarian (Gritsko, T. M. et al.
  • centrosome kinase BTAK/Aurora-A Activation and overexpression of centrosome kinase BTAK/Aurora-A in human ovarian cancer.
  • Clinical Cancer Research 9, 1420-1426 (2003) and gastric tumors (Sakakura, C. et al. Tumor-amplified kinase BTAK is amplified and overexpressed in gastric cancers with possible involvement in aneuploid formation.
  • British Journal of Cancer 84, 824-831 (2001) and in 94% of invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast (Tanaka, T., et al. Centrosomal kinase AIK1 is overexpressed in invasive ductal carcinoma of the breast. Cancer Research. 59, 2041-2044 (1999)).
  • Aurora-2 is highly expressed in multiple human tumor cell lines and levels increase as a function of Duke's stage in primary colorectal cancers [Katayama, H. et al. (Mitotic kinase expression and colorectal cancer progression) Journal of the National Cancer Institute 91, 1160-1162 (1999)]. Aurora-2 plays a role in controlling the accurate segregation of chromosomes during mitosis. Misregulation of the cell cycle can lead to cellular proliferation and other abnormalities. In human colon cancer tissue, the Aurora-2 protein has been found to be over expressed [Bischoff et al., EMBO J., 17, 3052-3065 (1998); Schumacher et al., J.
  • Aurora-2 is over-expressed in the majority of transformed cells. Bischoff et al found high levels of Aurora-2 in 96% of cell lines derived from lung, colon, renal, melanoma and breast tumors (Bischoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065). Two extensive studies show elevated Aurora-2 in 54% and 68% (Bishoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065)(Takahashi et al 2000 Jpn J Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014) of colorectal tumours and in 94% of invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast (Tanaka et al 1999 59, 2041-2044).
  • Aurora-1 expression is elevated in cell lines derived from tumors of the colon, breast, lung, melanoma, kidney, ovary, pancreas, CNS, gastric tract and leukemias (Tatsuka et al 1998 58, 4811-4816).
  • the type III receptor tyrosine kinase, Flt3, plays an important role in the maintenance, growth and development of hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic cells.
  • FLT-3 regulates maintenance of stem cell/early progenitor pools as well the development of mature lymphoid and myeloid cells [Lyman, S, Jacobsen, S, Blood, 1998, 91, 1101-1134].
  • FLT-3 contains an intrinsic kinase domain that is activated upon ligand-mediated dimerization of the receptors.
  • the kinase domain Upon activation, the kinase domain induces autophosphorylation of the receptor as well as the phosphorylation of various cytoplasmic proteins that help propogate the activation signal leading to growth, differentiation and survival.
  • Some of the downstream regulators of FLT-3 receptor signaling include, PLC ⁇ , P13-kinase, Grb-2, SHIP and Src related kinases [Scheijen, B, Griffin J D, Oncogene, 2002, 21, 3314-3333].
  • FLT-3 kinase plays a role in a variety of hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic malignancies.
  • Tri- or tetra-substituted pyrimidine derivatives useful as kinase inhibitors are known in the art. Typically, these pyrimidine derivatives are 2,4,6- or 2,4,5,6-substituted, as shown below:
  • the present invention provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I:
  • Q and T are each independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or N(R);
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic group, wherein:
  • two R bound to the same nitrogen atom are optionally taken together with the nitrogen to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered monocyclic or 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen bound thereto, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • R x is U-R 5 ;
  • R 5 is selected from halogen, NO 2 , CN, R, or Ar;
  • each U is independently selected from a valence bond or a C 1-4 alkylidene chain, wherein:
  • up to two methylene units of U are optionally and independently replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —CO 2 —, —N(R)C(O)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)CON(R)—, —N(R)SO 2 N(R)—, —N(R)N(R)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —C(R) ⁇ NN(R)—, or —C(R) ⁇ N—O—;
  • each Ar is independently selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • R y is —N(R 1 ) 2 , —OR 1 , or —SR 1 ;
  • each R 1 is independently selected from R or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
  • each R 1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents independently selected from R 2 ;
  • each R 2 is independently selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , or —NR 3 CO 2 (R 3 );
  • each R 3 is independently selected from R or Ar;
  • R z1 is selected from a C 1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R z1 is substituted with 0-4 independently selected R 2 groups
  • R z2 is C 1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R z2 is substituted by 0-4 substituents independently selected from oxo or U-R 5 ;
  • said process comprising the step of combining a compound of formula II and a compound of formula R y —H in a suitable medium:
  • said suitable medium comprises:
  • L 3 is a suitable leaving group.
  • the present invention provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I:
  • Q and T are each independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or N(R);
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic group, wherein:
  • two R bound to the same nitrogen atom are optionally taken together with the nitrogen to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered monocyclic or 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen bound thereto, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • R x is U-R 5 ;
  • R 5 is selected from halogen, NO 2 , CN, R, or Ar;
  • each U is independently selected from a valence bond or a C 1-4 alkylidene chain, wherein:
  • up to two methylene units of U are optionally and independently replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —N(R)SO 2 —, —SO 2 N(R)—, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —CO 2 —, —N(R)C(O)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)CON(R)—, —N(R)SO 2 N(R)—, —N(R)N(R)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —C(R) ⁇ NN(R)—, or —C(R) ⁇ N—O—;
  • each Ar is independently selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
  • R y is —N(R 1 ) 2 , —OR 1 , or —SR 1 ;
  • each R 1 is independently selected from R or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
  • each R 1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents independently selected from R 2 ;
  • each R 2 is independently selected from —R, —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , or —NR 3 CO 2 (R 3 );
  • each R 3 is independently selected from R or Ar;
  • R z1 is selected from a C 1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R z1 is substituted with 0-4 independently selected R 2 groups
  • R z2 is C 1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R z2 is substituted by 0-4 substituents independently selected from oxo or U-R 5 ;
  • said process comprising the step of combining a compound of formula II and a compound of formula R y —H in a suitable medium:
  • said suitable medium comprises:
  • L is a suitable leaving group
  • a compound of formula II is prepared by combining a compound of formula III with a compound of formula R z1 -Q-H in a suitable medium:
  • said suitable medium comprises:
  • L is a suitable leaving group
  • a compound of formula III is prepared by combining a compound of formula IV with a compound of formula R z2 -T-H in a suitable medium:
  • said suitable medium comprises:
  • L 1 is a suitable leaving group.
  • a suitable solvent is a solvent or a solvent mixture that, in combination with the combined compounds, may facilitate the progress of the reaction therebetween.
  • the suitable solvent may solubilize one or more of the reaction components, or, alternatively, the suitable solvent may facilitate the agitation of a suspension of one or more of the reaction components.
  • suitable solvents useful in the present invention are a protic solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon, an ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a polar or a non-polar aprotic solvent, or any mixtures thereof. These and other such suitable solvents are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, Jerry March, 4 th edition, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • the suitable solvent is a C 1-7 straight or branched alkyl alcohol, ether, or a polar or non-polar aprotic solvent.
  • a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from ethanol, isopropanol, t-butanol, n-butanol or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from ethanol, isopropanol, t-butanol, n-butanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or tetrahydrofuran.
  • the suitable solvent is R y —H.
  • the reagent R y —H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula II, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula II to produce compound of formula I.
  • the suitable solvent is R z1 -Q-H.
  • the reagent R z1 -Q-H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula III, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula III to produce compound of formula II.
  • the suitable solvent is R z2 _T-H.
  • the reagent R z2 -T-H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula IV, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula IV to produce compound of formula III.
  • a suitable base is a chemical entity that has the ability to be a proton acceptor. Examples include organic amines, alkaline earth metal carbonates, alkaline earth metal hydrides, and alkaline earth metal hydroxides. These and other such suitable bases are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4 th Ed., pp. 248-253, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992). Preferred suitable bases include trialkyl amines, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, or potassium hydroxide. More preferably, the suitable base is diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine.
  • a suitable leaving group is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a desired incoming chemical moiety.
  • the choice of the specific suitable leaving group is predicated upon its ability to be readily displaced by the incoming chemical moiety R y in R y —H, R z1 -Q in R z1 -Q-H, or R z2 -T in R z2 -T-H.
  • Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4 th Ed., pp. 351-357, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • Such leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, and diazonium moieties.
  • suitable leaving groups include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, methanesulfonyl (mesyl), tosyl, triflate, nitro-phenylsulfonyl (nosyl), and bromo-phenylsulfonyl (brosyl).
  • L 3 is displaced by incoming moiety R y of R y —H.
  • R y —H is e.g., a piperazine
  • L 3 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the —NH— moiety in piperazine.
  • L 3 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L 3 is chloro, iodo, or methanesulfonyl. Most preferably, L 3 is chloro.
  • L 2 is displaced by incoming moiety R z1 -Q of R z1 -Q-H.
  • R z1 -Q-H is, e.g., 3-aminopyrazole
  • L 2 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the 3-aminopyrazole.
  • L 2 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L 3 is chloro, iodo, or fluoro. Most preferably, L 3 is chloro.
  • L 1 is displaced by incoming moiety R z2-T of R z2 -T-H.
  • R z2 -T is e.g., an optionally substituted arylthiol
  • L 1 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the thio group in the optionally substituted arylthiol.
  • L 1 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L 3 is chloro, iodo, or methanesulfonyl. Most preferably, L 3 is methanesulfonyl.
  • the suitable leaving group may be generated in situ within the reaction medium.
  • L 3 in a compound of formula II may be generated in situ from a precursor of that compound of formula II wherein said precursor contains a group readily replaced by L 3 in situ.
  • said precursor of a compound of formula II contains a group (for example, a chloro group or hydroxyl group) which is replaced in situ by L 3 , such as an iodo group.
  • the source of the iodo group may be, e.g., sodium iodide.
  • L 2 and L 1 may also be formed in situ in an analogous manner.
  • an anion of any of R y in R y —H, R z1 -Q in R z1 -Q-H, or R z2 -T in R z2 -T-H may be formed prior to addition to the reaction medium.
  • the preparation of said anion is well known to one of skill in the art.
  • T is oxygen
  • the anion of R z2 -T-H is readily formed by treating R z2 -T-H with a base, such as sodium hydride. This oxygen anion may then be combined with the compound of formula IV to form a compound of formula III.
  • the reactions described herein are performed at a temperature less than or equal to the reflux temperature of the reaction medium.
  • said reaction medium has a temperature less than the boiling point of said suitable solvent or at a temperature attained by refluxing said suitable solvent in said reaction medium.
  • said reaction medium has a temperature between about 0° C. and about 190° C.
  • said reaction medium has a temperature between about 40° C. and about 120° C.
  • said reaction medium has a temperature between about 70° C. and about 115° C.
  • Aurora refers to any isoform of the Aurora family of protein kinases, including Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and Aurora-3.
  • Aurora also refers to isoforms of the Aurora family of protein kinases known as Aurora-A, Aurora-B, and Aurora-C.
  • aliphatic or “aliphatic group” as used herein means a straight-chain or branched C 1 -C 8 hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic C 3 -C 8 hydrocarbon or bicyclic C 8 -C 12 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule wherein any individual ring in said bicyclic ring system has 3-7 members.
  • suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched or alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • alkyl used alone or as part of a larger moiety include both straight and branched chains containing one to twelve carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl and “alkynyl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include both straight and branched chains containing two to twelve carbon atoms.
  • heteroatom means nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen and sulfur, and the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen.
  • nitrogen includes a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring.
  • the nitrogen in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • aryl refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring carbon atoms, wherein at least one ring is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.” Examples include phenyl, indanyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-anthracyl, 2-anthracyl and bicyclo [2.2.2]oct-3-yl.
  • aryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • aryl may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”.
  • aryl also refers to heteroaryl ring systems as defined hereinbelow.
  • heterocycle means non-aromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring systems having five to fourteen ring members in which one or more ring members is a heteroatom, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • heteroaryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or the term “heteroaromatic”.
  • An aryl (including aralkyl, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl and the like) or heteroaryl (including heteroaralkyl and heteroarylalkoxy and the like) group may contain one or more substituents.
  • Suitable substituents on the unsaturated carbon atom of an aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl group are selected from halogen, —R°, —OR°, —SR°, 1,2-methylene-dioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, phenyl (Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —O(Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —CH 2 (Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —CH 2 CH 2 (Ph), optionally substituted with R°, —NO 2 , —CN, —N(R°) 2 , —NR°C(O)R°, —NR°C(O)N(R°) 2 , —NR°CO 2 R°, —NR° NR°C(O)R°, —NR°NR°C(O)N(R°) 2 , —NR°NR°CO 2 RO, —C(O)C(O)R°, —C(
  • Optional substituents on the aliphatic group of R° are selected from NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 aliphatic), N(C 1-4 aliphatic) 2 , halogen, C 1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C 1-4 aliphatic), NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, CO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C 1-4 aliphatic), or halo C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • An aliphatic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring may contain one or more substituents. Suitable substituents on the saturated carbon of an aliphatic group or of a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring are selected from those listed above for the unsaturated carbon of an aryl or heteroaryl group and the following: ⁇ O, ⁇ S, ⁇ NNHR, ⁇ NN(R*) 2 , ⁇ NNHC(O)R*, ⁇ NNHCO 2 (alkyl), ⁇ NNHSO 2 (alkyl), or ⁇ NR*, where each R* is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic.
  • Optional substituents on the aliphatic group of R* are selected from NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 aliphatic), N(C 1-4 aliphatic) 2 , halogen, C 1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C 1-4 aliphatic), NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, CO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C 1-4 aliphatic), or halo(C 1-4 aliphatic).
  • Optional substituents on the nitrogen of a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring are selected from —R + , —N(R + ) 2 , —C(O)R + , —CO 2 R + , —C(O)C(O)R + , —C(O)CH 2 C(O)R + , —SO 2 R + , —SO 2 N(R + ) 2 , —C( ⁇ S)N(R + ) 2 , —C( ⁇ NH)—N(R + ) 2 , or —NR + SO 2 R + ; wherein R + is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C 1-6 aliphatic, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted —O(Ph), optionally substituted —CH 2 (Ph), optionally substituted —CH 2 CH 2 (Ph), or an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring.
  • Optional substituents on the aliphatic group or the phenyl ring of R+ are selected from NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 aliphatic), N(C 1-4 aliphatic) 2 , halogen, C 1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C 1-4 aliphatic), NO 2 , CN, CO 2 H, CO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C 1-4 aliphatic), or halo(C 1-4 aliphatic).
  • alkylidene chain refers to a straight or branched carbon chain that may be fully saturated or have one or more units of unsaturation and has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule.
  • a combination of substituents or variables is permissible only if such a combination results in a stable or chemically feasible compound.
  • a stable compound or chemically feasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept at a temperature of 40° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention.
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
  • Q of formula I is NH, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Q of formula I is NR. More preferably, Q of formula I is NH.
  • T of formula I is oxygen or sulfur. More preferably, T of formula I is sulfur.
  • T of formula I is oxygen and the anion of R z2 -T-H is formed prior to combing with a compound of formula IV to form a compound of formula III.
  • R x of formula I is U-R 5 , wherein U is a valence bond, —O—, or —NR—, and R 5 is R or Ar.
  • R x of formula I is selected from R, Ar, or —N(R) 2 . More preferably, R x of formula I is hydrogen.
  • R y of formula I is selected from —OR 1 or —N(R 1 ) 2 .
  • R y of formula I is selected from N(R 1 ) 2 wherein each R 1 is independently selected from R or a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred substituents R 1 are selected from —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • R 1 More preferred substituents on R 1 are 5-6 membered non-aromatic rings having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Most preferred substituents on the R 1 C 1-4 aliphatic group are NH(CH 3 ), NH 2 , OH, OCH 3 , morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • R y of formula I is selected from N(R 1 ) 2 wherein each R 1 is R such that the two R groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aromatic ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred substituents on said ring are selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • substituents said ring are selected from optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic, NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 aliphatic), N(C 1-4 aliphatic) 2 , optionally substituted phenyl, CO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic), or SO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic).
  • substituents on said ring are selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, CH 2 cyclopropyl, (CH 2 ) 2 OH, CO 2 t-butyl, CH 2 phenyl, phenyl, NH 2 , NH(CH 3 ), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 NH 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 morpholin-4-yl, (CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH 2 ) 2 CN, or (CH 2 ) 2 C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • R y of formula I is pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidinl-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, diazepanyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, CH 2 cyclopropyl, (CH 2 ) 2 OH, CO 2 t-butyl, CH 2 phenyl, phenyl, phenyl, NH 2 , NH(CH 3 ), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 NH 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 morpholin-4-yl, (CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CHCH
  • R z1 of formula I is a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —NR
  • R z1 of formula I is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —NR
  • R z1 of formula I is a five or six membered fully unsaturated ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)N(R 3 )N
  • R z1 rings of formula I are optionally substituted rings selected from pyrazole or any one of the following 5-6 membered rings:
  • R z1 of formula I is a pyrazole ring having up to three substituents as defined above.
  • R z1 of formula I has up to two substituents, wherein said substituents are as set forth above. More preferably, R z1 of formula I has one substituent, wherein said substituent is as setsforth above.
  • Preferred substituents on the R z1 moiety of formula I are —N(R 3 ) 2 , —OR 3 , Ar, or an optionally substituted C 1 -C 4 a liphatic group, wherein Ar is an optionally substituted 5-6 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • An even more preferred substituents on the R z1 moiety of formula I is a C 1 -C 4 aliphatic group.
  • Most preferred substituents on the R z1 moiety of formula I are selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, or phenyl.
  • R z1 of formula I is a C 1-6 aliphatic group substituted with 0-4 R 2 groups.
  • R z1 is substituted with 0-3 R 2 groups, wherein each R 2 is independently selected from R 3 , oxo, halogen, N(R 3 ) 2 , CN, or CO 2 R 3 .
  • R z2 of formula I is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by up to three substituents independently selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —OC(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)NR(R 3 ), —OC(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)N(R 3
  • R z2 of formula I is selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 9-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur; wherein said ring is optionally substituted by up to three substituents independently selected as set forth above.
  • R z2 of formula I is selected from phenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, benzodioxinyl, isobenzofuran, indanyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, or isoquinolinyl, wherein the R z2 moiety of formula I is optionally and independently substituted with up to three substituents as set forth above.
  • R z2 of formula I when present, are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , or —NR 3 CO 2 R 3 .
  • R z2 moiety of formula I are independently selected from —Cl, —Br, —F, 7 CN, —CF 3 , —COOH, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —NH 2 , —NHAc, —NHSO 2 Me, —NHSO 2 Et, —NHSO 2 (n-propyl), —NHSO 2 (isopropyl), —NHCOEt, —NHCOCH 2 NHCH 3 , —NHCOCH 2 N(CO 2 t-Bu)CH 3 , —NHCOCH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCOCH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCOCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCOCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCO(cyclopropyl), —NHCO(isopropyl), —NHCO(isobutyl), —NHCOCH 2 (morpholin
  • R z2 of formula I has up to two substituents, wherein said substituents are as set forth above. More preferably, R z2 of formula I has one substituent, wherein said substituent is as set forth above. Most preferably, R of formula I has one substituent selected from —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , wherein each R 3 is independently selected from R or Ar and wherein R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic group.
  • R z2 of formula I is C 1-6 aliphatic group substituted with 0-3 groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, —CN, —NO 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —C(O)NR(R 3 ), —NR 3 C(O)R 3 , —N(R 3 ) 2 , —N(R 3 )SO 2 R 3 , —NR 3 C(O)N(R 3 ) 2 , or —NR 3 CO 2 R 3 .
  • R of formula I is a C 1-4 aliphatic group substituted with 0-3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —N(R 3 ) 2 , or —NR 3 CO 2 R 3 .
  • R x , T, Q, R z1 , and R z2 in formula II are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • R y moiety of R y —H are as set forth for the R y group in formula I.
  • R x , L 3 , T, and R z2 in formula III are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • R x , L 3 , L 2 and Q in formula IV are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • R z2 and T in R z2 -T-H are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • R x in the processes of the present invention is other than a suitable leaving group.
  • Preferred R 1 groups of formula I′ are independently selected from R, wherein R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic group.
  • Preferred substituents on the C 1-4 aliphatic group of the R 1 moiety of formula I′ are selected from —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • substituents on the C 1-4 aliphatic group of the R 1 moiety of formula I′ are 5-6 membered non-aromatic rings having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Most preferred substituents on the R 1 C 1-4 aliphatic group of the R 1 moiety of formula I′ are NH(CH 3 ), NH 2 , OH, OCH 3 , morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • each R 1 of formula I′ is R such that the two R groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aromatic ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Preferred substituents on said ring are selected from —R 3 , —OR 3 , —SR 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , oxo, halogen, —N(R 3 ) 2 , —C(O)R 3 , —CO 2 R 3 , —SO 2 R 3 , or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • substituents said ring are selected from optionally substituted C 1-4 aliphatic, NH 2 , NH(C 1-4 aliphatic), N(C 1-4 aliphatic) 2 , optionally substituted phenyl, CO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic), or SO 2 (C 1-4 aliphatic).
  • substituents on said ring are selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, CH 2 cyclopropyl, (CH 2 ) 2 OH, CO 2 t-butyl, CH 2 phenyl, phenyl, NH 2 , NH(CH 3 ), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 NH 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 morpholin-4-yl, (CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH 2 ) 2 CN, or (CH 2 ) 2 C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • the ring formed by N(R 1 ) 2 of formula I′ is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, diazepanyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH 2 ) 2 SO 2 CH 3 , cyclopropyl, CH 2 cyclopropyl, (CH 2 ) 2 OH, CO 2 t-butyl, CH 2 phenyl, phenyl, NH 2 , NH(CH 3 ), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 NH 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 morpholin-4-yl, (CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , isopropyl, propyl, t-
  • R 5 is selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 aliphatic
  • R 6 is selected from C 1-3 aliphatic
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-4 aliphatic.
  • R 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, or isopropyl. More preferred R 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen or methyl. Most preferably R 5 of formula V is methyl.
  • R 6 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R 6 groups of formula V are methyl of cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R 6 of formula V is methyl.
  • R 7 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R 7 groups of formula V are selected from ethyl or cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R 7 of formula V is cyclopropyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula V:
  • R 5 is selected from hydrogen or C 1-4 aliphatic
  • R 6 is selected from C 1-3 aliphatic
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-4 aliphatic; provided that said compound is other than N- ⁇ 4-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanyl]-phenyl ⁇ -propionamide.
  • R 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or isopropyl. More preferred R 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen or methyl. Most preferably R 5 of formula V is methyl.
  • R 6 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R groups of formula V are methyl of cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R 6 of formula V is methyl.
  • R 7 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R groups of formula V are selected from ethyl or cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R 7 of formula V is cyclopropyl.
  • the processes of the present invention are used to prepare a compound selected from Tables 1 and 2. More preferably the processes of the present invention are used to prepare a compound selected from Table 1.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula II, formula III, or formula IV:
  • the present invention provides an intermediate of formula II.
  • the present invention provides an intermediate of formula III.
  • the present invention provides an intermediate of formula IV.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
  • the amount of compound in the compositions of this invention is such that is effective to detectably inhibit a protein kinase, particularly Aurora and/or FLT-3 kinase, in a biological sample or in a patient.
  • the composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition.
  • the composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient.
  • patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
  • compositions of this invention refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxyprop
  • detectably inhibit means a measurable change in protein kinase activity between a sample comprising said composition and protein kinase and an equivalent sample comprising protein kinase in the absence of said composition.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof.
  • the term “inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of Aurora and/or FLT-3 protein kinase.
  • the present invention provides processes for preparing a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound of formula I, I′, or V comprising the step of converting a compound of formula I, I′, or V prepared according to the processes of the present invention into the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • Such conversions are well known in the art. See, generally, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4 th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, palmoate
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • alkali metal e.g., sodium and potassium
  • alkaline earth metal e.g., magnesium
  • ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • Table 3 sets forth representative salts of compounds of Formula V of the present invention. TABLE 3 Representative Salts of Compounds of Formula V V-1 i V-1 ii V-1 iii V-1 iv V-1 v V-1 vi V-1 vii V-1 viii V-1 ix V-1 x V-1 xi V-20 i V-20 ii
  • compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously.
  • Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
  • Fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
  • These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions.
  • Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions.
  • carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
  • Lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added.
  • useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch.
  • aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.
  • compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.
  • suppositories for rectal administration.
  • suppositories can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
  • Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches may also be used.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers.
  • Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
  • compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.
  • compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration.
  • compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
  • a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated.
  • the amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
  • additional therapeutic agents which are normally administered to treat or prevent that condition, may also be present in the compositions of this invention.
  • additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, or condition are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”.
  • chemotherapeutic agents or other anti-proliferative agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer.
  • known chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, GleevecTM, adriamycin, dexamethasone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, fluorouracil, topotecan, taxol, interferons, and platinum derivatives.
  • agents the inhibitors of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelono; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex® and Rebifo), Copaxone®, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tac, tac
  • chemotherapeutic agents or other anti-proliferative agents that may be combined with the compounds of the present invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer include, but are not limited to,
  • other therapies or anticancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anticancer agents of the present invention include surgery, radiotherapy (in but a few examples, gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes, to name a few), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) to name a few), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs, including, but not limited to, alkylating drugs (mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Melphalan, Ifosfamide),
  • alkylating drugs
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent.
  • the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and/or FLT-3 kinase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • Inhibition of Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and/or FLT-3 kinase activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to sail patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-2 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting FLT-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and FLT-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • the invention provides a method for treating or lessening the severity of an Aurora-mediated disease or condition in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or composition comprising said compound.
  • Aurora-mediated disease means any disease or other deleterious condition or disease in which an Aurora family protein kinase is known to play a role.
  • diseases or conditions include, without limitation, melanoma, leukemia, or a cancer selected from colon, breast, gastric, ovarian, cervical, melanoma, renal, prostate, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, pancreatic, leukemia and bladder.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating cancer in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating melanoma, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, leukemia, or a cancer selected from colon, breast, lung, kidney, ovary, pancreatic, renal, CNS, cervical, prostate, or cancer of the gastric tract in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating acute-myelogenous leukemia (ANL), acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), mastocytosis or gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST) in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof.
  • ANL acute-myelogenous leukemia
  • ALL acute lymphocytic leukemia
  • GIST gastrointestinal stromal tumor
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the disruption of mitosis of cancer cells in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating or lessening the severity of a cancer in a patient comprising the step of disrupting mitosis of the cancer cells by inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and/or Aurora-3 with a compound of formula V or composition thereof.
  • the methods of this invention that utilize compositions that do not contain an additional therapeutic agent comprise the additional step of separately administering to said patient an additional therapeutic agent.
  • additional therapeutic agents When these additional therapeutic agents are administered separately they may be administered to the patient prior to, sequentially with or following administration of the compositions of this invention.
  • 4,6-Dichloropyrimidine-2-methylsulfone (A) Prepared by methods substantially similar to those set forth in Koppell et al, JOC, 26, 1961, 792, in the following manner. To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (50 g, 0.26 mol) in dichloromethane (1 L) at 0° C. was added meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (143.6 g, 0.64 mol) over a period of 20 minutes. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 4 hours.
  • N- ⁇ 4-[4-(5-Methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-6-(4-propyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanyl]-phenyl ⁇ -propionamide (V-5): Ethane carboxylic acid ⁇ 4-[4-chloro-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl]-phenyl ⁇ amide (119 mg, 0.306 mmol, prepared by methods analogous to those set forth in Examples 1, 2, and 3) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was treated with N-propylpiperazine dihydrobromide (887 mg, 3.06 mmol) followed by diisopropylethylamine (1.066 mL, 6.12 mmol).
  • N-[4-(4,6-Dichloro-pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetamide A solution of 4-acetamidophenol (666 mg, 4.40 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 ml), stirring at ambient temperature, was treated with a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (176 mg, 4.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir for 30 minutes at ambient temperature before 4,6-dichloro-2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidine (1.0 g, 4.40 mmol) was added. The reaction was then allowed to stir for a further 3 hours before the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl and EtOAc.
  • the activity of the compounds of this invention as kinase inhibitors may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line.
  • In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated Aurora and/or FLT-3 enzyme.
  • Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to Aurora and/or FLT-3 and may be measured either by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/Aurora and/or inhibitor/FLT-3 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound, or by running a competition experiment where new compounds are incubated with Aurora and/or FLT-3 bound to known radioligands.
  • One may use any type or isoform of Aurora, depending upon which Aurora type or isoform is to be inhibited. The details of the conditions used for the enzymatic assays are set forth in the Examples hereinbelow.
  • the resulting mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 10 minutes.
  • the reaction was initiated by the addition of 10 ⁇ L of Aurora stock solution to give a final concentration of 70 nM in the assay.
  • the rates of reaction were obtained by monitoring absorbance at 340 nm over a 5 minute read time at 30° C. using a BioRad Ultramark plate reader (Hercules, Calif.).
  • the K i values were determined from the rate data as a function of inhibitor concentration.
  • Solution 1 contains 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl 2 , 25 mM NaCl, 1 mg/ml pE4Y and 180 ⁇ M ATP(containing 0.3 ⁇ Ci of [ ⁇ - 33 P]ATP for each reaction).
  • Solution 2 contains 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl 2 , 25 mM NaCl, 2 mM DTT, 0.02% BSA and 3 nM FLT-3.
  • the assay was run on a 96 well plate by mixing 50 ⁇ l each of Solution 1 and 2.5 ml of the compounds of the present invention. The reaction was initiated with Solution 2.
  • reaction was stopped with 50 ⁇ l of 20% TCA containing 0.4 mM of ATP. All of the reaction volume was then transferred to a filter plate and washed with 5% TCA by a Harvester 9600 from TOMTEC (Hamden, Conn.). The amount of 33 P incorporation into pE4y was analyzed by a Packard Top Count Microplate Scintillation Counter (Meriden, Conn.). The data was fitted using Prism software to get an IC 50 or K i .
  • Compounds were also assayed for the inhibition of cell proliferation.
  • a complete media was prepared by adding 10% fetal bovine serum, L-glutamine and penicillin/streptomycin solution to RPMI 1640 medium (Sigma).
  • Colon cancer cells (COLO-205 cell line) were added to a 96 well plate at a seeding density of 1.25 ⁇ 104 cells/well/150 ⁇ L.
  • a solution of test compound was prepared in complete media by serial dilution, the test compound solution (50 ⁇ L) was added to each per well.
  • Each plate contained a series of wells in which only complete media (200 ⁇ L) was added to form a control group in order to measure maximal proliferation. A vehicle control group was also added to each plate. The plates were incubated at 37° C. for 2 days. A stock solution of 3 H-thymidine (1 mCi/mL, Amersham Phamacia UK) was diluted to 20 ⁇ Ci/mL in RPMI medium then 25 ⁇ L of this solution was added to each well. The plates were further incubated at 37° C. for 3 hours then harvested and analyzed for 3 H-thymidine uptake using a liquid scintillation counter.
  • the 3 H thymidine incorporation assay was chosen as a well characterized method of determining cell proliferation.
  • Cells from normal tissues and a wide variety of different tumour types were chosen for analysis. Many of the tumour cells were selected because they express high levels of Aurora proteins (e.g. MCF-7, PC3, A375, A549) (See section 5.3.5 and Bischoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065) and/or are able to form tumours in nude mice or rats (e.g. HCT116, MCF-7 and MDA-MB-231).
  • Aurora proteins e.g. MCF-7, PC3, A375, A549
  • Table 5 below sets forth the cell lines utilized in the above described cell proliferation assay. For each cell line, the inhibition of cell proliferation and 3 H thymidine incorporation (96 hour time-point) was determined. TABLE 5 Cell Lines Origin Cell line Colorectal adenocarcinoma HCT-116 Colorectal adenocarcinoma LS174T Leukemia HL60 Mammary gland adenocarcinoma MDA-MB-231 Mammary gland adenocarcinoma ZR-75-1 Mammary gland adenocarcinoma MCF-7 Prostate adenocarcinoma PC3 Pancreatic MIA-Pa-Ca-2 Melanoma A375 Primary PHA-stimulated human lymphocytes PHA blasts

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a facile process for the preparation of tri- and tetra-substituted pyrimidines. The process is useful for preparing inhibitors of protein kinases, especially Aurora kinase. These inhibitors are useful for treating or lessening the severity of Aurora-mediated diseases or conditions.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/390,658 filed Jun. 20, 2002 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/411,609 filed Sep. 18, 2002, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.[0001]
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a facile process for the preparation of substituted pyrimidines. The process is useful for preparing inhibitors of protein kinases, especially of FLT-3 and the Aurora-family kinases, serine/threonine protein kinases. The present invention also relates to inhibitors of FLT-3, Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and Aurora-3 protein kinases, and compositions thereof. [0002]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The search for new therapeutic agents has been greatly aided in recent years by a better understanding of the structure of enzymes and other biomolecules associated with target diseases. One important class of enzymes that has been the subject of extensive study is protein kinases. [0003]
  • Protein kinases mediate intracellular signal transduction. They do this by effecting a phosphoryl transfer from a nucleoside triphosphate to a protein acceptor that is involved in a signaling pathway. There are a number of kinases and pathways through which extracellular and other stimuli cause a variety of cellular responses to occur inside the cell. Examples of such stimuli include environmental and chemical stress signals (e.g., osmotic shock, heat shock, ultraviolet radiation, bacterial endotoxin, and H[0004] 2O2), cytokines (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α)), and growth factors (e.g., granulocyte macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)). An extracellular stimulus may affect one or more cellular responses related to cell growth, migration, differentiation, secretion of hormones, activation of transcription factors, muscle contraction, glucose metabolism, control of protein synthesis and regulation of cell cycle.
  • Many diseases are associated with abnormal cellular responses triggered by protein kinase-mediated events. These diseases include autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic diseases, neurological and neurodegenerative diseases, cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies and asthma, Alzheimer's disease and hormone-related diseases. Accordingly, there has been a substantial effort in medicinal chemistry to find protein kinase inhibitors that are effective as therapeutic agents. [0005]
  • The Aurora family of serine/threonine kinases is essential for cell proliferation [Bischoff, J. R. & Plowman, G. D. (The Aurora/Ipl1p kinase family: regulators of chromosome segregation and cytokinesis) [0006] Trends in Cell Biology 9, 454-459 (1999); Giet, R. and Prigent, C. (Aurora/Ipl1p-related kinases, a new oncogenic family of mitotic serine-threonine kinases) Journal of Cell Science 112, 3591-3601 (1999); Nigg, E. A. (Mitotic kinases as regulators of cell division and its checkpoints) Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2, 21-32 (2001); Adams, R. R, Carmena, M., and Earnshaw, W. C. (Chromosomal passengers and the (aurora) ABCs of mitosis) Trends in Cell Biology 11, 49-54 (2001)]. Inhibitors of the Aurora kinase family therefore have the potential to block growth of all tumour types.
  • The three known mammalian family members, Aurora-A (“1”), B (“2”) and C (“3”), are highly homologous proteins responsible for chromosome segregation, mitotic spindle function and cytokinesis. Aurora expression is low or undetectable in resting cells, with expression and activity peaking during the G2 and mitotic phases in cycling cells. In mammalian cells proposed substrates for Aurora include histone H3, a protein involved in chromosome condensation, and CENP-A, myosin II regulatory light chain, protein phosphatase 1, TPX2, all of which are required for cell division. [0007]
  • Since its discovery in 1997 the mammalian Aurora kinase family has been closely linked to tumorigenesis. The most compelling evidence for this is that over-expression of Aurora-A transforms rodent fibroblasts (Bischoff, J. R., et al. A homologue of Drosophila aurora kinase is oncogenic and amplified in human colorectal cancers. [0008] EMBO J. 17, 3052-3065 (1998)). Cells with elevated levels of this kinase contain multiple centrosomes and multipolar spindles, and rapidly become aneuploid. The oncogenic activity of Aurora kinases is likely to be linked to the generation of such genetic instability. Indeed, a correlation between amplification of the aurora-A locus and chromosomal instability in mammary and gastric tumours has been observed. (Miyoshi, Y., Iwao, K., Egawa, C., and Noguchi, S. Association of centrosomal kinase STK15/BTAK mRNA expression with chromosomal instability in human breast cancers. Int. J. Cancer 92, 370-373 (2001). (Sakakura, C. et al. Tumor-amplified kinase BTAK is amplified and overexpressed in gastric cancers with possible involvement in aneuploid formation. British Journal of Cancer 84, 824-831 (2001)). The Aurora kinases have been reported to be over-expressed in a wide range of human tumours. Elevated expression of Aurora-A has been detected in over 50% of colorectal (Bischoff, J. R., et al. A homologue of Drosophila aurora kinase is oncogenic and amplified in human colorectal cancers. EMBO J. 17, 3052-3065 (1998)) (Takahashi, T., et al. Centrosomal kinases, HsAIRk1 and HsAIRK3, are overexpressed in primary colorectal cancers. Jpn. J. Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014 (2000)). ovarian (Gritsko, T. M. et al. Activation and overexpression of centrosome kinase BTAK/Aurora-A in human ovarian cancer. Clinical Cancer Research 9, 1420-1426 (2003)), and gastric tumors (Sakakura, C. et al. Tumor-amplified kinase BTAK is amplified and overexpressed in gastric cancers with possible involvement in aneuploid formation. British Journal of Cancer 84, 824-831 (2001)), and in 94% of invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast (Tanaka, T., et al. Centrosomal kinase AIK1 is overexpressed in invasive ductal carcinoma of the breast. Cancer Research. 59, 2041-2044 (1999)). High levels of Aurora-A have also been reported in renal, cervical, neuroblastoma, melanoma, lymphoma, pancreatic and prostate tumour cell lines. (Bischoff, J. R., et al. A homologue of Drosophila aurora kinase is oncogenic and amplified in human colorectal cancers. EMBO J. 17, 3052-3065 (1998) (Kimura, M., Matsuda, Y., Yoshioka, T., and Okano, Y. Cell cycle-dependent expression and centrosomal localization of a third human Aurora/Ipl1-related protein kinase, AIK3. Journal of Biological Chemistry 274, 7334-7340 (1999))(Zhou et al. Tumour amplifiec kinase STK15/BTAK induces centrosome amplification, aneuploidy and transformation Nature Genetics 20: 189-193 (1998))(Li et al. Overexpression of oncogenic STK15/BTAK/Aurora-A kinase in human pancreatic cancer Clin Cancer Res. 9(3):991-7 (2003)). Amplification/overexpression of Aurora-A is observed in human bladder cancers and amplification of Aurora-A is associated with aneuploidy and aggressive clinical behaviour (Sen S. et al Amplification/overexpression of a mitotic kinase gene in human bladder cancer J Natl Cancer Inst. 94(17): 1320-9 (2002)). Moreover, amplification of the aurora-A locus (20q13) correlates with poor prognosis for patients with node-negative breast cancer (Isola, J. J., et al. Genetic aberrations detected by comparative genomic hybridization predict outcome in node-negative breast cancer. American Journal of Pathology 147, 905-911 (1995)). Aurora-B is highly expressed in multiple human tumour cell lines, including leukemic cells (Katayama et al. Human AIM-1: cDNA cloning and reduced expression during endomitosis in megakaryocyte-lineage cells. Gene 244:1-7)). Levels of this enzyme increase as a function of Duke's stage in primary colorectal cancers (Katayama, H. et al. Mitotic kinase expression and colorectal cancer progression. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 91, 1160-1162 (1999)). Aurora-C, which is normally only found in germ cells, is also over-expressed in a high percentage of primary colorectal cancers and in a variety of tumour cell lines including cervical adenocarinoma and breast carcinoma cells (Kimura, M., Matsuda, Y., Yoshioka, T., and Okano, Y. Cell cycle-dependent expression and centrosomal localization of a third human Aurora/Ipl1-related protein kinase, AIK3. Journal of Biological Chemistry 274, 7334-7340 (1999). (Takahashi, T., et al. Centrosomal kinases, HsAIRk1 and HsAIRK3, are overexpressed in primary colorectal cancers. Jpn. J. Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014 (2000)).
  • Based on the known function of the Aurora kinases, inhibition of their activity should disrupt mitosis leading to cell cycle arrest. In vivo, an Aurora inhibitor therefore slows tumor growth and induces regression. [0009]
  • Elevated levels of all Aurora family members are observed in a wide variety of tumour cell lines. Aurora kinases are over-expressed in many human tumors and this is reported to be associated with chromosomal instability in mammary tumors (Miyoshi et al 2001 92, 370-373). [0010]
  • Aurora-2 is highly expressed in multiple human tumor cell lines and levels increase as a function of Duke's stage in primary colorectal cancers [Katayama, H. et al. (Mitotic kinase expression and colorectal cancer progression) [0011] Journal of the National Cancer Institute 91, 1160-1162 (1999)]. Aurora-2 plays a role in controlling the accurate segregation of chromosomes during mitosis. Misregulation of the cell cycle can lead to cellular proliferation and other abnormalities. In human colon cancer tissue, the Aurora-2 protein has been found to be over expressed [Bischoff et al., EMBO J., 17, 3052-3065 (1998); Schumacher et al., J. Cell Biol., 143, 1635-1646 (1998); Kimura et al., J. Biol. Chem., 272, 13766-13771 (1997)]. Aurora-2 is over-expressed in the majority of transformed cells. Bischoff et al found high levels of Aurora-2 in 96% of cell lines derived from lung, colon, renal, melanoma and breast tumors (Bischoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065). Two extensive studies show elevated Aurora-2 in 54% and 68% (Bishoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065)(Takahashi et al 2000 Jpn J Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014) of colorectal tumours and in 94% of invasive duct adenocarcinomas of the breast (Tanaka et al 1999 59, 2041-2044).
  • Aurora-1 expression is elevated in cell lines derived from tumors of the colon, breast, lung, melanoma, kidney, ovary, pancreas, CNS, gastric tract and leukemias (Tatsuka et al 1998 58, 4811-4816). [0012]
  • High levels of Aurora-3 have been detected in several tumour cell lines, although it is restricted to testis in normal tissues (Kimura et al 1999 274, 7334-7340). Over-expression of Aurora-3 in a high percentage (c. 50%) of colorectal cancers has also been documented (Takahashi et al 2000 Jpn J Cancer Res. 91, 1007-1014). In contrast, the Aurora family is expressed at a low level in the majority of normal tissues, the exceptions being tissues with a high proportion of dividing cells such as the thymus and testis (Bischoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065). [0013]
  • For further review of the role Aurora kinases play in proliferative disorders, see Bischoff, J. R. & Plowman, G. D. (The Aurora/Ipl1p kinase family:regulators of chromosome segregation and cytokinesis) [0014] Trends in Cell Biology 9, 454-459 (1999); Giet, R. and Prigent, C. (Aurora/Ipl1p-related kinases, a new oncogenic family of mitotic serine-threonine kinases) Journal of Cell Science 112, 3591-3601 (1999); Nigg, E. A. (Mitotic kinases as regulators of cell division and its checkpoints) Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2, 21-32 (2001); Adams, R. R, Carmena, M., and Earnshaw, W. C. (Chromosomal passengers and the (aurora) ABCs of mitosis) Trends in Cell Biology 11, 49-54 (2001); and Dutertre, S., Descamps, S., & Prigent, P. (On the role of aurora-A in centrosome function) Oncogene 21, 6175-6183 (2002).
  • The type III receptor tyrosine kinase, Flt3, plays an important role in the maintenance, growth and development of hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic cells. [Scheijen, B, Griffin J D, [0015] Oncogene, 2002, 21, 3314-3333 and Reilly, J T, British Journal of Haematology, 2002, 116, 744-757]. FLT-3 regulates maintenance of stem cell/early progenitor pools as well the development of mature lymphoid and myeloid cells [Lyman, S, Jacobsen, S, Blood, 1998, 91, 1101-1134]. FLT-3 contains an intrinsic kinase domain that is activated upon ligand-mediated dimerization of the receptors. Upon activation, the kinase domain induces autophosphorylation of the receptor as well as the phosphorylation of various cytoplasmic proteins that help propogate the activation signal leading to growth, differentiation and survival. Some of the downstream regulators of FLT-3 receptor signaling include, PLCγ, P13-kinase, Grb-2, SHIP and Src related kinases [Scheijen, B, Griffin J D, Oncogene, 2002, 21, 3314-3333]. FLT-3 kinase plays a role in a variety of hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic malignancies. Mutations that induce ligand independent activation of FLT-3 have been implicated in acute-myelogenous leukemia (AML), acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), mastocytosis and gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST). These mutations include single amino acid changes in the kinase domain or internal tandem duplications, point mutations or in-frame deletions of the juxtamembrane region of the receptors. In addition to activating mutations, ligand dependent (autocrine or paracrine) stimulation of over-expressed wild-type FLT-3 contributes to the malignant phenotype [Scheijen, B, Griffin J D, Oncogene, 2002, 21, 3314-3333]. See also Sawyer, C. I. (Finding the next Gleevec: FLT3 targeted kinase inhibitor therapy for acute myeloid leukaemia) Cancer Cell. 1, 413-415 (2002).
  • Tri- or tetra-substituted pyrimidine derivatives useful as kinase inhibitors are known in the art. Typically, these pyrimidine derivatives are 2,4,6- or 2,4,5,6-substituted, as shown below: [0016]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00001
  • Known methods for preparing such pyrimidine derivatives have many synthetic drawbacks such as lacking the ability to regioselectively introduce substituents at the 2-, 4-, or 6-position in high yields. See M. Botta, Nucleosides Nucleotides, 13, 8, 1994, 1769-78; M. Ban, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 6, 7, 1998, 1057-68; Y. Fellahi, Eur. J. Med. Chem. Chim. Ther., 31, 1, 1996, 77-82; T. J. Delia, J. Het. Chem., 35, 2, 1998, 269-74; H. Uchel, Tetraheron Lett., 36, 52, 1995, 9457-60; and Y. Nezu, Pestic. Sci., 47, 2, 1996, 115-24. [0017]
  • There is a need for a synthetic process that can be readily used to prepare the tri- or tetra-substituted pyrimidine derivatives on a large scale. There is also a need for a process that employs minimal steps and utilizes readily available starting materials and simple reaction media. Ideally, such a process will be easy to scale up, if need be, and will be inexpensive. There is also a need for a process that does not lead to regioisomeric intermediate mixtures that must be separated by, e.g., chromatographic methods. Such separations reduce the overall yields. [0018]
  • It would be desirable to have a synthetic process to produce tri- or tetra-substituted pyrimidine derivatives that possesses the above advantages and thereby improves upon the currently available processes. [0019]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I: [0020]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00002
  • wherein: [0021]
  • Q and T are each independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or N(R); [0022]
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C[0023] 1-6 aliphatic group, wherein:
  • two R bound to the same nitrogen atom are optionally taken together with the nitrogen to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered monocyclic or 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen bound thereto, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; [0024]
  • R[0025] x is U-R5;
  • R[0026] 5 is selected from halogen, NO2, CN, R, or Ar;
  • each U is independently selected from a valence bond or a C[0027] 1-4 alkylidene chain, wherein:
  • up to two methylene units of U are optionally and independently replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO[0028] 2—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —CO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)CON(R)—, —N(R)SO2N(R)—, —N(R)N(R)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —C(R)═NN(R)—, or —C(R)═N—O—;
  • each Ar is independently selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; [0029]
  • R[0030] y is —N(R1)2, —OR1, or —SR1;
  • each R[0031] 1 is independently selected from R or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
  • each R[0032] 1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents independently selected from R2;
  • each R[0033] 2 is independently selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2(R3);
  • each R[0034] 3 is independently selected from R or Ar;
  • R[0035] z1 is selected from a C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R[0036] z1 is substituted with 0-4 independently selected R2 groups;
  • R[0037] z2 is C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R[0038] z2 is substituted by 0-4 substituents independently selected from oxo or U-R5;
  • said process comprising the step of combining a compound of formula II and a compound of formula R[0039] y—H in a suitable medium:
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00003
  • wherein: [0040]
  • said suitable medium comprises: [0041]
  • i) a suitable solvent; and [0042]
  • ii) optionally, a suitable base; and [0043]
  • L[0044] 3 is a suitable leaving group.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I: [0045]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00004
  • wherein: [0046]
  • Q and T are each independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or N(R); [0047]
  • each R is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C[0048] 1-6 aliphatic group, wherein:
  • two R bound to the same nitrogen atom are optionally taken together with the nitrogen to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered monocyclic or 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen bound thereto, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; [0049]
  • R[0050] x is U-R5;
  • R[0051] 5 is selected from halogen, NO2, CN, R, or Ar;
  • each U is independently selected from a valence bond or a C[0052] 1-4 alkylidene chain, wherein:
  • up to two methylene units of U are optionally and independently replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO[0053] 2—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —CO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)CON(R)—, —N(R)SO2N(R)—, —N(R)N(R)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —C(R)═NN(R)—, or —C(R)═N—O—;
  • each Ar is independently selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; [0054]
  • R[0055] y is —N(R1)2, —OR1, or —SR1;
  • each R[0056] 1 is independently selected from R or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
  • each R[0057] 1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents independently selected from R2;
  • each R[0058] 2 is independently selected from —R, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2(R3);
  • each R[0059] 3 is independently selected from R or Ar;
  • R[0060] z1 is selected from a C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R[0061] z1 is substituted with 0-4 independently selected R2 groups;
  • R[0062] z2 is C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein:
  • R[0063] z2 is substituted by 0-4 substituents independently selected from oxo or U-R5;
  • said process comprising the step of combining a compound of formula II and a compound of formula R[0064] y—H in a suitable medium:
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00005
  • wherein: [0065]
  • said suitable medium comprises: [0066]
  • i) a suitable solvent; and [0067]
  • ii) optionally, a suitable base; and [0068]
  • L is a suitable leaving group. [0069]
  • According to another embodiment, a compound of formula II is prepared by combining a compound of formula III with a compound of formula R[0070] z1-Q-H in a suitable medium:
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00006
  • wherein: [0071]
  • said suitable medium comprises: [0072]
  • i) a suitable solvent; and [0073]
  • ii) optionally, a suitable base; and [0074]
  • L is a suitable leaving group. [0075]
  • According to yet another embodiment, a compound of formula III is prepared by combining a compound of formula IV with a compound of formula R[0076] z2-T-H in a suitable medium:
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00007
  • wherein: [0077]
  • said suitable medium comprises: [0078]
  • i) a suitable solvent; and [0079]
  • ii) optionally, a suitable base; and [0080]
  • L[0081] 1 is a suitable leaving group.
  • A suitable solvent is a solvent or a solvent mixture that, in combination with the combined compounds, may facilitate the progress of the reaction therebetween. The suitable solvent may solubilize one or more of the reaction components, or, alternatively, the suitable solvent may facilitate the agitation of a suspension of one or more of the reaction components. Examples of suitable solvents useful in the present invention are a protic solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon, an ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a polar or a non-polar aprotic solvent, or any mixtures thereof. These and other such suitable solvents are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, Jerry March, 4[0082] th edition, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • Preferably the suitable solvent is a C[0083] 1-7 straight or branched alkyl alcohol, ether, or a polar or non-polar aprotic solvent.
  • For the reaction between a compound of formula II and a compound R[0084] y—H, a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from ethanol, isopropanol, t-butanol, n-butanol or tetrahydrofuran.
  • For the reaction between a compound of formula III and a compound R[0085] z1-Q-H, a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from ethanol, isopropanol, t-butanol, n-butanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or tetrahydrofuran.
  • For the reaction between a compound of formula IV and a compound R[0086] z2-T-H, a more preferred suitable solvent is selected from N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, or tetrahydrofuran.
  • According to an alternate embodiment, the suitable solvent is R[0087] y—H. Thus, in such an embodiment, the reagent Ry—H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula II, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula II to produce compound of formula I.
  • According to another alternative embodiment, the suitable solvent is R[0088] z1-Q-H. Thus, in such an embodiment, the reagent Rz1-Q-H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula III, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula III to produce compound of formula II.
  • According to another alternative embodiment, the suitable solvent is R[0089] z2_T-H. Thus, in such an embodiment, the reagent Rz2-T-H acts, in part, as a suitable solvent in combination with a compound of formula IV, and also acts, in part, as a reagent and reacts with the compound of formula IV to produce compound of formula III.
  • A suitable base is a chemical entity that has the ability to be a proton acceptor. Examples include organic amines, alkaline earth metal carbonates, alkaline earth metal hydrides, and alkaline earth metal hydroxides. These and other such suitable bases are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4[0090] th Ed., pp. 248-253, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992). Preferred suitable bases include trialkyl amines, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, or potassium hydroxide. More preferably, the suitable base is diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine.
  • A suitable leaving group is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a desired incoming chemical moiety. Thus, the choice of the specific suitable leaving group is predicated upon its ability to be readily displaced by the incoming chemical moiety R[0091] y in Ry—H, Rz1-Q in Rz1-Q-H, or Rz2-T in Rz2-T-H. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4th Ed., pp. 351-357, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992). Such leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy, sulphonyloxy, optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl, optionally substituted alkenylsulfonyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, and diazonium moieties. Examples of suitable leaving groups include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, methanesulfonyl (mesyl), tosyl, triflate, nitro-phenylsulfonyl (nosyl), and bromo-phenylsulfonyl (brosyl).
  • For example, in the process of preparing a compound of formula I, L[0092] 3 is displaced by incoming moiety Ry of Ry—H. Thus, if Ry—H is e.g., a piperazine, then L3 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the —NH— moiety in piperazine.
  • Preferred L[0093] 3 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L3 is chloro, iodo, or methanesulfonyl. Most preferably, L3 is chloro.
  • For example, in the process of preparing a compound of formula II, L[0094] 2 is displaced by incoming moiety Rz1-Q of Rz1-Q-H. Thus, if Rz1-Q-H is, e.g., 3-aminopyrazole, then L2 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the 3-aminopyrazole.
  • Preferred L[0095] 2 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L3 is chloro, iodo, or fluoro. Most preferably, L3 is chloro.
  • For example, in the process of preparing a compound of formula III, L[0096] 1 is displaced by incoming moiety Rz2-T of R z2-T-H. Thus, if Rz2-T is e.g., an optionally substituted arylthiol, then L1 is a leaving group that is readily displaced by the thio group in the optionally substituted arylthiol.
  • Preferred L[0097] 1 leaving groups are selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl. More preferably, L3 is chloro, iodo, or methanesulfonyl. Most preferably, L3 is methanesulfonyl.
  • According to an alternate embodiment, the suitable leaving group may be generated in situ within the reaction medium. For example, L[0098] 3 in a compound of formula II may be generated in situ from a precursor of that compound of formula II wherein said precursor contains a group readily replaced by L3 in situ. In a specific illustration of such a replacement, said precursor of a compound of formula II contains a group (for example, a chloro group or hydroxyl group) which is replaced in situ by L3, such as an iodo group. The source of the iodo group may be, e.g., sodium iodide. Accordingly, L2 and L1 may also be formed in situ in an analogous manner. Such an in situ generation of a suitable leaving group is well known in the art, e.g., see, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, pp. 430-431, 4th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • According to yet another alternative embodiment, an anion of any of R[0099] y in Ry—H, Rz1-Q in Rz1-Q-H, or Rz2-T in Rz2-T-H may be formed prior to addition to the reaction medium. The preparation of said anion is well known to one of skill in the art. For example, when T is oxygen, the anion of Rz2-T-H is readily formed by treating Rz2-T-H with a base, such as sodium hydride. This oxygen anion may then be combined with the compound of formula IV to form a compound of formula III.
  • According to another embodiment, the reactions described herein are performed at a temperature less than or equal to the reflux temperature of the reaction medium. According to another embodiment, said reaction medium has a temperature less than the boiling point of said suitable solvent or at a temperature attained by refluxing said suitable solvent in said reaction medium. In another embodiment, said reaction medium has a temperature between about 0° C. and about 190° C. According to yet another embodiment, said reaction medium has a temperature between about 40° C. and about 120° C. According to another aspect of the present invention, said reaction medium has a temperature between about 70° C. and about 115° C. [0100]
  • As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. [0101]
  • The term “Aurora” refers to any isoform of the Aurora family of protein kinases, including Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and Aurora-3. The term “Aurora” also refers to isoforms of the Aurora family of protein kinases known as Aurora-A, Aurora-B, and Aurora-C. [0102]
  • The phrase “optionally substituted” is used interchangeably with the phrase “substituted or unsubstituted.” Unless otherwise indicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and each substitution is independent of the other. [0103]
  • The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group” as used herein means a straight-chain or branched C[0104] 1-C8 hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic C3-C8 hydrocarbon or bicyclic C8-C12 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule wherein any individual ring in said bicyclic ring system has 3-7 members. For example, suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched or alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • The terms “alkyl”, “alkoxy”, “hydroxyalkyl”, “alkoxyalkyl”, and “alkoxycarbonyl”, used alone or as part of a larger moiety include both straight and branched chains containing one to twelve carbon atoms. The terms “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include both straight and branched chains containing two to twelve carbon atoms. [0105]
  • The term “heteroatom” means nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen and sulfur, and the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen. Also the term “nitrogen” includes a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR[0106] + (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
  • The term “aryl” or “aryl ring” refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring carbon atoms, wherein at least one ring is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains three to seven ring members. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.” Examples include phenyl, indanyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-anthracyl, 2-anthracyl and bicyclo [2.2.2]oct-3-yl. [0107]
  • More preferred ring sizes for aryl rings are as set forth below for the various preferred embodiments of compounds of formula I. [0108]
  • The term “aryl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring”. The term “aryl” also refers to heteroaryl ring systems as defined hereinbelow. [0109]
  • The term “heterocycle”, “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclic” as used herein means non-aromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring systems having five to fourteen ring members in which one or more ring members is a heteroatom, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. [0110]
  • The term “heteroaryl”, used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term “heteroaryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or the term “heteroaromatic”. [0111]
  • An aryl (including aralkyl, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl and the like) or heteroaryl (including heteroaralkyl and heteroarylalkoxy and the like) group may contain one or more substituents. Suitable substituents on the unsaturated carbon atom of an aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, or heteroaralkyl group are selected from halogen, —R°, —OR°, —SR°, 1,2-methylene-dioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, phenyl (Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —O(Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —CH[0112] 2(Ph) optionally substituted with R°, —CH2CH2(Ph), optionally substituted with R°, —NO2, —CN, —N(R°)2, —NR°C(O)R°, —NR°C(O)N(R°)2, —NR°CO2R°, —NR° NR°C(O)R°, —NR°NR°C(O)N(R°)2, —NR°NR°CO2RO, —C(O)C(O)R°, —C(O)CH2C(O)R°, —CO2R, —C(O)R°, —C(O)N(R.)2, —OC(O)N(R°)2, —S(O)2R°, —SO2N(R°)2, —S(O)R°, —NR°SO2N(R°)2, —NR°SO2R°, —C(═S)N(R°)2, —C(═NH)—N(R°)2, or —(CH2)yNHC(O)R°, wherein each R° is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring, phenyl, —O(Ph), or —CH2(Ph). Optional substituents on the aliphatic group of R° are selected from NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, halogen, C1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C1-4 aliphatic), NO2, CN, CO2H, CO2(C1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C1-4 aliphatic), or halo C1-4 aliphatic.
  • An aliphatic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring may contain one or more substituents. Suitable substituents on the saturated carbon of an aliphatic group or of a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring are selected from those listed above for the unsaturated carbon of an aryl or heteroaryl group and the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNHR, ═NN(R*)[0113] 2, ═NNHC(O)R*, ═NNHCO2(alkyl), ═NNHSO2(alkyl), or ═NR*, where each R* is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic. Optional substituents on the aliphatic group of R* are selected from NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, halogen, C1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C1-4 aliphatic), NO2, CN, CO2H, CO2(C1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C1-4 aliphatic), or halo(C1-4 aliphatic).
  • Optional substituents on the nitrogen of a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring are selected from —R[0114] +, —N(R+)2, —C(O)R+, —CO2R+, —C(O)C(O)R+, —C(O)CH2C(O)R+, —SO2R+, —SO2N(R+)2, —C(═S)N(R+)2, —C(═NH)—N(R+)2, or —NR+SO2R+; wherein R+ is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted —O(Ph), optionally substituted —CH2(Ph), optionally substituted —CH2CH2(Ph), or an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring. Optional substituents on the aliphatic group or the phenyl ring of R+are selected from NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, halogen, C1-4 aliphatic, OH, O(C1-4 aliphatic), NO2, CN, CO2H, CO2(C1-4 aliphatic), O(halo C1-4 aliphatic), or halo(C1-4 aliphatic).
  • The term “alkylidene chain” refers to a straight or branched carbon chain that may be fully saturated or have one or more units of unsaturation and has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule. [0115]
  • A combination of substituents or variables is permissible only if such a combination results in a stable or chemically feasible compound. A stable compound or chemically feasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept at a temperature of 40° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week. [0116]
  • It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that certain compounds of this invention may exist in tautomeric forms, all such tautomeric forms of the compounds being within the scope of the invention. [0117]
  • Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a [0118] 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
  • According to another embodiment, Q of formula I is NH, oxygen, or sulfur. [0119]
  • According to a preferred embodiment, Q of formula I is NR. More preferably, Q of formula I is NH. [0120]
  • According to another preferred embodiment, T of formula I is oxygen or sulfur. More preferably, T of formula I is sulfur. [0121]
  • According to another embodiment, T of formula I is oxygen and the anion of R[0122] z2-T-H is formed prior to combing with a compound of formula IV to form a compound of formula III.
  • According to another embodiment, R[0123] x of formula I is U-R5, wherein U is a valence bond, —O—, or —NR—, and R5 is R or Ar.
  • According to another preferred embodiment R[0124] x of formula I is selected from R, Ar, or —N(R)2. More preferably, Rx of formula I is hydrogen.
  • According to another preferred embodiment R[0125] y of formula I is selected from —OR1 or —N(R1)2.
  • According to another embodiment, R[0126] y of formula I is selected from N(R1)2 wherein each R1 is independently selected from R or a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred substituents R1 are selected from —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. More preferred substituents on R1 are 5-6 membered non-aromatic rings having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Most preferred substituents on the R1 C1-4 aliphatic group are NH(CH3), NH2, OH, OCH3, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, R[0127] y of formula I is selected from N(R1)2 wherein each R1 is R such that the two R groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aromatic ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred substituents on said ring are selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. More preferred substituents said ring are selected from optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic, NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, optionally substituted phenyl, CO2(C1-4 aliphatic), or SO2(C1-4 aliphatic). Most preferred substituents on said ring are selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH2)2SO2CH3, cyclopropyl, CH2cyclopropyl, (CH2)2OH, CO2t-butyl, CH2phenyl, phenyl, NH2, NH(CH3), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2NH2, (CH2)2morpholin-4-yl, (CH2)2N(CH3)2, isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH2)2CN, or (CH2)2C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • Most preferably, R[0128] y of formula I is pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidinl-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, diazepanyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH2)2SO2CH3, cyclopropyl, CH2cyclopropyl, (CH2)2OH, CO2t-butyl, CH2phenyl, phenyl, NH2, NH(CH3), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2NH2, (CH2)2morpholin-4-yl, (CH2)2N(CH3)2, isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH2)2CN, or (CH2)2C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • According to another embodiment R[0129] z1 of formula I is a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
  • According to another embodiment, R[0130] z1 of formula I is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
  • According to a more preferred embodiment, R[0131] z1 of formula I is a five or six membered fully unsaturated ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3—SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
  • Preferred R[0132] z1 rings of formula I are optionally substituted rings selected from pyrazole or any one of the following 5-6 membered rings:
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00008
  • Most preferably, R[0133] z1 of formula I is a pyrazole ring having up to three substituents as defined above.
  • According to another preferred embodiment R[0134] z1 of formula I has up to two substituents, wherein said substituents are as set forth above. More preferably, Rz1 of formula I has one substituent, wherein said substituent is as setsforth above.
  • Preferred substituents on the R[0135] z1 moiety of formula I are —N(R3)2, —OR3, Ar, or an optionally substituted C1-C4 a liphatic group, wherein Ar is an optionally substituted 5-6 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. An even more preferred substituents on the Rz1 moiety of formula I is a C1-C4 aliphatic group. Most preferred substituents on the Rz1 moiety of formula I are selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, or phenyl.
  • According to another embodiment R[0136] z1 of formula I is a C1-6 aliphatic group substituted with 0-4 R2 groups. Preferably, Rz1 is substituted with 0-3 R2 groups, wherein each R2 is independently selected from R3, oxo, halogen, N(R3)2, CN, or CO2R3.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, R[0137] z2 of formula I is a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by up to three substituents independently selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
  • More preferably, R[0138] z2 of formula I is selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 9-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur; wherein said ring is optionally substituted by up to three substituents independently selected as set forth above. Most preferably, Rz2 of formula I is selected from phenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, benzodioxinyl, isobenzofuran, indanyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, or isoquinolinyl, wherein the Rz2 moiety of formula I is optionally and independently substituted with up to three substituents as set forth above.
  • Preferred substituents on R[0139] z2 of formula I, when present, are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —NR3C(O)R3, —N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3. More preferred substituents on the Rz2 moiety of formula I are independently selected from —Cl, —Br, —F, 7CN, —CF3, —COOH, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —NH2, —NHAc, —NHSO2Me, —NHSO2Et, —NHSO2(n-propyl), —NHSO2(isopropyl), —NHCOEt, —NHCOCH2NHCH3, —NHCOCH2N(CO2t-Bu)CH3, —NHCOCH2N(CH3)2, —NHCOCH2CH2N(CH3)2, —NHCOCH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, —NHCO(cyclopropyl), —NHCO(isopropyl), —NHCO(isobutyl), —NHCOCH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCOCH2CH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCOCH2CH2CH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCO2(t-butyl), —NH(cyclohexyl), —NHMe, —NMe2, —OH, —OMe, methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment R[0140] z2 of formula I has up to two substituents, wherein said substituents are as set forth above. More preferably, Rz2 of formula I has one substituent, wherein said substituent is as set forth above. Most preferably, R of formula I has one substituent selected from —NR3C(O)R3, wherein each R3 is independently selected from R or Ar and wherein R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic group.
  • According to another embodiment, R[0141] z2 of formula I is C1-6 aliphatic group substituted with 0-3 groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —NR3C(O)R3, —N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3. More preferably, R of formula I is a C1-4 aliphatic group substituted with 0-3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
  • Preferred embodiments of R[0142] x, T, Q, Rz1, and Rz2 in formula II are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • Preferred embodiments of the R[0143] y moiety of Ry—H are as set forth for the Ry group in formula I.
  • Preferred embodiments of R[0144] x, L3, T, and Rz2 in formula III are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • Preferred embodiments of the Q and R[0145] z1 moieties of Rz1-Q-H are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • Preferred embodiments R[0146] x, L3, L2 and Q in formula IV are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • Preferred embodiments of R[0147] z2 and T in Rz2-T-H are as set forth for these moieties in formula I.
  • Preferably R[0148] x in the processes of the present invention is other than a suitable leaving group.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I, prepared using the processes of the present invention, have formula I′: [0149]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00009
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof, wherein R[0150] 1 and R3 are as defined above.
  • Preferred R[0151] 1 groups of formula I′ are independently selected from R, wherein R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic group. Preferred substituents on the C1-4 aliphatic group of the R1 moiety of formula I′ are selected from —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. More preferred substituents on the C1-4 aliphatic group of the R1 moiety of formula I′ are 5-6 membered non-aromatic rings having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Most preferred substituents on the R1 C1-4 aliphatic group of the R1 moiety of formula I′ are NH(CH3), NH2, OH, OCH3, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thiomorpholinyl.
  • According to another preferred embodiment, each R[0152] 1 of formula I′ is R such that the two R groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered non-aromatic ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Preferred substituents on said ring are selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, or a 3-6 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having zero to two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. More preferred substituents said ring are selected from optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic, NH2, NH(C1-4 aliphatic), N(C1-4 aliphatic)2, optionally substituted phenyl, CO2(C1-4 aliphatic), or SO2(C1-4 aliphatic). Most preferred substituents on said ring are selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH2)2SO2CH3, cyclopropyl, CH2cyclopropyl, (CH2)2OH, CO2t-butyl, CH2phenyl, phenyl, NH2, NH(CH3), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2NH2, (CH2)2morpholin-4-yl, (CH2)2N(CH3)2, isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH2)2CN, or (CH2)2C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • More preferably, the ring formed by N(R[0153] 1)2 of formula I′ is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, diazepanyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH2)2SO2CH3, cyclopropyl, CH2cyclopropyl, (CH2)2OH, CO2t-butyl, CH2phenyl, phenyl, NH2, NH(CH3), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2NH2, (CH2)2morpholin-4-yl, (CH2)2N(CH3)2, isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH2)2CN, or (CH2)2C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
  • More preferred compounds within compounds of formula I prepared using the processes of the present invention have formula V: [0154]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00010
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof, wherein: [0155]
  • R[0156] 5 is selected from hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic;
  • R[0157] 6 is selected from C1-3 aliphatic; and
  • R[0158] 7 is selected from C1-4 aliphatic.
  • Preferred R[0159] 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, or isopropyl. More preferred R5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen or methyl. Most preferably R5 of formula V is methyl.
  • Preferred R[0160] 6 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R6 groups of formula V are methyl of cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R6 of formula V is methyl.
  • Preferred R[0161] 7 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R7 groups of formula V are selected from ethyl or cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R7 of formula V is cyclopropyl.
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula V: [0162]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00011
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof, wherein: [0163]
  • R[0164] 5 is selected from hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic;
  • R[0165] 6 is selected from C1-3 aliphatic; and
  • R[0166] 7 is selected from C1-4 aliphatic; provided that said compound is other than N-{4-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-propionamide.
  • Preferred R[0167] 5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or isopropyl. More preferred R5 groups of formula V are selected from hydrogen or methyl. Most preferably R5 of formula V is methyl.
  • Preferred R[0168] 6 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R groups of formula V are methyl of cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R6 of formula V is methyl.
  • Preferred R[0169] 7 groups of formula V are selected from methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or cyclopropyl. More preferred R groups of formula V are selected from ethyl or cyclopropyl. Most preferably, R7 of formula V is cyclopropyl.
  • Compounds of formula V fall within the genus of compounds described in PCT publication WO 02/057259. However, applicants have discovered that the present compounds have surprising and unexpectedly increased potency as inhibitors of Aurora protein kinase and/or FLT-3 protein kinase. [0170]
  • Exemplary structures of formula V are set forth in Table 1 below. [0171]
    TABLE 1
    No. V- Structure
    1
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00012
    2
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00013
    3
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00014
    4
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00015
    5
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00016
    6
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00017
    7
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00018
    8
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00019
    9
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00020
    10
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00021
    11
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00022
    12
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00023
    13
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00024
    14
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00025
    15
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00026
    16
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00027
    17
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00028
    18
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00029
    19
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00030
    20
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00031
  • Other exemplary compounds of formula I prepared according to the processes of the present invention are set forth in Table 2 below. [0172]
    TABLE 2
    Exemplary Compounds of Formula I
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00032
    I-1
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00033
    I-2
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00034
    I-3
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00035
    I-4
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00036
    I-5
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00037
    I-6
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00038
    I-7
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00039
    I-8
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00040
    I-9
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00041
    I-10
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00042
    I-11
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00043
    I-12
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00044
    I-13
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00045
    I-14
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00046
    I-15
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00047
    I-16
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00048
    I-17
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00049
    I-18
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00050
    I-19
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00051
    I-20
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00052
    I-21
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00053
    I-22
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00054
    I-23
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00055
    I-24
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00056
    I-25
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00057
    I-26
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00058
    I-27
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00059
    I-28
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00060
    I-29
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00061
    I-30
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00062
    I-31
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00063
    I-32
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00064
    I-33
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00065
    I-34
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00066
    I-35
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00067
    I-36
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00068
    I-37
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00069
    I-38
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00070
    I-39
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00071
    I-40
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00072
    I-41
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00073
    I-42
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00074
    I-43
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00075
    I-44
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00076
    I-45
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00077
    I-46
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00078
    I-47
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00079
    I-48
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00080
    I-49
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00081
    I-50
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00082
    I-51
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00083
    I-52
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00084
    I-53
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00085
    I-54
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00086
    I-55
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00087
    I-56
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00088
    I-57
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00089
    I-58
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00090
    I-59
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00091
    I-60
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00092
    I-61
  • Preferably the processes of the present invention are used to prepare a compound selected from Tables 1 and 2. More preferably the processes of the present invention are used to prepare a compound selected from Table 1. [0173]
  • According to an alternate embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula II, formula III, or formula IV: [0174]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00093
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R[0175] x, Ry, L1, L2, L3, T, Rz2, and Q, and the preferred embodiments thereof, are as defined above.
  • According to a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides an intermediate of formula II. [0176]
  • According to another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides an intermediate of formula III. [0177]
  • According to yet another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides an intermediate of formula IV. [0178]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention provides a composition comprising a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. The amount of compound in the compositions of this invention is such that is effective to detectably inhibit a protein kinase, particularly Aurora and/or FLT-3 kinase, in a biological sample or in a patient. Preferably the composition of this invention is formulated for administration to a patient in need of such composition. Most preferably, the composition of this invention is formulated for oral administration to a patient. [0179]
  • The term “patient”, as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human. [0180]
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle” refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological activity of the compound with which it is formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat. [0181]
  • The term “detectably inhibit”, as used herein means a measurable change in protein kinase activity between a sample comprising said composition and protein kinase and an equivalent sample comprising protein kinase in the absence of said composition. [0182]
  • A “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt” means any non-toxic salt, ester, salt of an ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to a recipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof. As used herein, the term “inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of Aurora and/or FLT-3 protein kinase. [0183]
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention provides processes for preparing a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound of formula I, I′, or V comprising the step of converting a compound of formula I, I′, or V prepared according to the processes of the present invention into the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Such conversions are well known in the art. See, generally, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” Jerry March, 4[0184] th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. (1992).
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of suitable acid salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate and undecanoate. Other acids, such as oxalic, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of the invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts. [0185]
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N[0186] +(C1-4 alkyl)4 salts. This invention also envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • Table 3 below sets forth representative salts of compounds of Formula V of the present invention. [0187]
    TABLE 3
    Representative Salts of Compounds of Formula V
    V-1 i
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00094
    V-1 ii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00095
    V-1 iii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00096
    V-1 iv
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00097
    V-1 v
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00098
    V-1 vi
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00099
    V-1 vii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00100
    V-1 viii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00101
    V-1 ix
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00102
    V-1 x
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00103
    V-1 xi
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00104
    V-20 i
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00105
    V-20 ii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00106
  • The compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term “parenteral” as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally, intraperitoneally or intravenously. Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. [0188]
  • For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation. [0189]
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added. [0190]
  • Alternatively, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols. [0191]
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs. [0192]
  • Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically-transdermal patches may also be used. [0193]
  • For topical applications, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water. [0194]
  • For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum. [0195]
  • The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents. [0196]
  • Most preferably, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention are formulated for oral administration. [0197]
  • The amount of the compounds of the present invention that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, the compositions should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the inhibitor can be administered to a patient receiving these compositions. [0198]
  • It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of a compound of the present invention in the composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition. [0199]
  • Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated or prevented, additional therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat or prevent that condition, may also be present in the compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, or condition, are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated”. [0200]
  • For example, chemotherapeutic agents or other anti-proliferative agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer. Examples of known chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, Gleevec™, adriamycin, dexamethasone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, fluorouracil, topotecan, taxol, interferons, and platinum derivatives. Other examples of agents the inhibitors of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelono; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex® and Rebifo), Copaxone®, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetyl cholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-convulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin. [0201]
  • Further examples of chemotherapeutic agents or other anti-proliferative agents that may be combined with the compounds of the present invention to treat proliferative diseases and cancer include, but are not limited to, For example, other therapies or anticancer agents that may be used in combination with the inventive anticancer agents of the present invention include surgery, radiotherapy (in but a few examples, gamma-radiation, neutron beam radiotherapy, electron beam radiotherapy, proton therapy, brachytherapy, and systemic radioactive isotopes, to name a few), endocrine therapy, biologic response modifiers (interferons, interleukins, and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) to name a few), hyperthermia and cryotherapy, agents to attenuate any adverse effects (e.g., antiemetics), and other approved chemotherapeutic drugs, including, but not limited to, alkylating drugs (mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Melphalan, Ifosfamide), antimetabolites (Methotrexate), purine antagonists and pyrimidine antagonists (6-Mercaptopurine, 5-Fluorouracil, Cytarabile, Gemcitabine), spindle poisons (Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vinorelbine, Paclitaxel), podophyllotoxins (Etoposide, Irinotecan, Topotecan), antibiotics (Doxorubicin, Bleomycin, Mitomycin), nitrosoureas (Carmustine, Lomustine), inorganic ions (Cisplatin, Carboplatin), enzymes (Asparaginase), and hormones (Tamoxifen, Leuprolide, Flutamide, and Megestrol), Gleevec™, adriamycin, dexamethasone, and cyclophosphamide. For a more comprehensive discussion of updated cancer therapies see, http:/Hwww.nci.nih.gov/, a list of the FDA approved oncology drugs at http://www.fda.gov/cder/cancer/druglistframe.htm, and The Merck Manual, Seventeenth Ed. 1999, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. [0202]
  • The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent. [0203]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and/or FLT-3 kinase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0204]
  • The term “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof. [0205]
  • Inhibition of Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and/or FLT-3 kinase activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen storage, and biological assays. [0206]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to sail patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0207]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-2 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0208]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0209]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting FLT-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0210]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and FLT-3 kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or a composition comprising said compound. [0211]
  • According to another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating or lessening the severity of an Aurora-mediated disease or condition in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V, or composition comprising said compound. [0212]
  • The term “Aurora-mediated disease”, as used herein, means any disease or other deleterious condition or disease in which an Aurora family protein kinase is known to play a role. Such diseases or conditions include, without limitation, melanoma, leukemia, or a cancer selected from colon, breast, gastric, ovarian, cervical, melanoma, renal, prostate, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, pancreatic, leukemia and bladder. [0213]
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of treating cancer in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof. [0214]
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of treating melanoma, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, leukemia, or a cancer selected from colon, breast, lung, kidney, ovary, pancreatic, renal, CNS, cervical, prostate, or cancer of the gastric tract in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof. [0215]
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of treating acute-myelogenous leukemia (ANL), acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), mastocytosis or gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST) in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof. [0216]
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the disruption of mitosis of cancer cells in a patient, comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of formula V or composition thereof. [0217]
  • According to another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of treating or lessening the severity of a cancer in a patient comprising the step of disrupting mitosis of the cancer cells by inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and/or Aurora-3 with a compound of formula V or composition thereof. [0218]
  • In an alternate embodiment, the methods of this invention that utilize compositions that do not contain an additional therapeutic agent, comprise the additional step of separately administering to said patient an additional therapeutic agent. When these additional therapeutic agents are administered separately they may be administered to the patient prior to, sequentially with or following administration of the compositions of this invention. [0219]
  • In order that the invention described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting this invention in any manner.[0220]
  • EXAMPLES
  • [0221]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00107
  • Example 1
  • 4,6-Dichloropyrimidine-2-methylsulfone (A): Prepared by methods substantially similar to those set forth in Koppell et al, [0222] JOC, 26, 1961, 792, in the following manner. To a stirred solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (50 g, 0.26 mol) in dichloromethane (1 L) at 0° C. was added meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (143.6 g, 0.64 mol) over a period of 20 minutes. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (1.5 L) and then treated sequentially with 50% Na2S2O3/NaHCO3 solution (2×200 ml), sat. NaHCO3 solution (4×300 ml), and brine (200 ml) then dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford an off-white solid which was redissolved in EtOAc (1L) and treated sequentially with sat. NaHCO3 solution (3×300 ml), and brine (100 ml) then dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the title compound (A) as a white solid (55.6 g, 96% yield). 1H NMR CDCl3 δ 3.40 (3H, s, CH3), 7.75 (1H, s. ArH).
  • Example 2
  • Cyclopropane carboxylic acid [4-(4,6-dichloro-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl)-phenyl]-amide (C): A suspension of compound A (10 g, 44.04 mmol) and cyclopropane carboxylic acid (4-mercapto-phenyl)-amide (B, 8.51 g, 44.04 mmol) in t-butanol (300 ml) was degassed by evacuation, then flushing with nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 90° C under nitrogen atmosphere for 1 hour then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (600 ml) and washed with an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate and sodium chloride. The organic extract was dried over magnesium sulphate, concentrated to a low volume and allowed to crystallize. The product C was collected as colourless crystals, (11.15 g, 74%). [0223] 1H-NMR DMSO-d6, δ 0.82-0.89 (4H, m), 1.80-1.88 (1H, m), 7.55 (2H, d), 7.70-7.76 (3H, m), 10.49 (1H, s); M+H, 340.
  • Example 3
  • Cyclopropane carboxylic acid{4-[4-chloro-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl]-phenyl} amide (D): A mixture of compound C (1.0 g, 2.94 mmol)and 3-amino-5-methylpyrazole (314 mg, 3.23 mmol) in dimethylformamide (6 ml) was treated with diisopropylethylamine (0.614 ml, 3.53 mmol) and sodium iodide (530 mg, 3.53 mmol). The mixture was stirred under nitrogen at 85° for 4 hours, cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with water (×4), dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated to 5 ml to afford, upon crystallization and harvesting of colourless crystals, the title compound D (920 mg, 78%). [0224] 1H-NMR DMSO-d6, δ 0.80-0.87 (4H, m), 1.77-1.85 (1H, m), 1.92 (1H, s), 5.24 (1H, br s), 6.47 (1H, br s), 7.55 (2H, d), 7.70-7.80 (2H, m), 10.24 (1H, s), 10.47 (1H, s), 11.92 (1H, s).
  • Example 4
  • Cyclopropane carboxylic acid {4-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl]-phenyl}-amide (V-1): Compound D (2.373 g, 5.92 mmol) was treated with N-methylpiperazine (10 ml) and the mixture stirred at 110° for 2 hours. The excess N-methylpiperazine was removed in vacuo then the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, and concentrated. The residue was crystallised from methanol to give colourless crystals of desired product V-1 (1.82 g, 66%), [0225] 1H-NMR DMSO-d6, δ 0.81 (4H, d), 1.79 (1H, m), 2.01 (3H, s), 2.18 (3H, s), 2.30 (4H, m), 3.35 (masked signal), 5.42 (1H, s), 6.02 (1H, br s), 7.47 (2H, d), 7.69 (2H, d), 9.22 (1H, s), 10.39 (1H, s), 11.69 (1H, s).
  • Example 5
  • [0226]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00108
  • N-{4-[4-(5-Methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-6-(4-propyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-propionamide (V-5): Ethane carboxylic acid {4-[4-chloro-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl]-phenyl} amide (119 mg, 0.306 mmol, prepared by methods analogous to those set forth in Examples 1, 2, and 3) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was treated with N-propylpiperazine dihydrobromide (887 mg, 3.06 mmol) followed by diisopropylethylamine (1.066 mL, 6.12 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 110° for 20 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified using preparative HPLC to afford the title compound. [0227] 1H NMR (DMSO): δ 1.10 (3H, t), 2.05 (3H, s), 2.35 (2H, d), 3.30 (4H, s), 3.70 (4H, s), 5.45 (1H, s), 6.05 (1H, br s), 7.45 (2H, d), 7.70 (2H, d), 9.20 (1H, s), 10.05 (1H, s), 11.70 (1H, br s).
  • Example 6
  • [0228]
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00109
  • N-[4-(4,6-Dichloro-pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetamide:_A solution of 4-acetamidophenol (666 mg, 4.40 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 ml), stirring at ambient temperature, was treated with a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (176 mg, 4.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir for 30 minutes at ambient temperature before 4,6-dichloro-2-methanesulfonyl-pyrimidine (1.0 g, 4.40 mmol) was added. The reaction was then allowed to stir for a further 3 hours before the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous NH[0229] 4Cl and EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl and dried over sodium sulfate then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Silica Gel, MeOH:CH2Cl2, 5:95) yield the title compound 1.25 g, (95%) as a solid. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 2.06 (3H, s), 7.18 (2H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 7.62 (2H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 10.05 (1H, s), LC-MS: ES+=298.16, ES-=296.18).
  • Example 7
  • Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {4-[4-(4-methyl-4-oxy-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-amide (V-19): Compound V-1 (1 g, 2.1 mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (20 mL), cooled to 0° C. and treated with a dichloromethane solution of mCPBA in 10 aliquots at 10 minute intervals (each aliquot consisting of 100 mg, 0.44 mmol in 1 ml DCM). Each time an aliquot was added the solution turned brown and gradually returned to a yellow colour as the mCPBA was consumed. Once all the starting material had been consumed, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting orange oil was purified by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as an off-white solid (69 mg, 7%); [0230] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 0.85-0.91 (4H, m), 1.90 (1H, m), 2.10 (3H, s), 3.10-3.17 (2H, m), 3.25 (3H, s), 3.50-3.66 (4H, m), 3.98 (2H, d), 5.50 (1H, s), 6.11 (1H, br s), 7.56 (2H, d), 7.80 (2H, d), 9.42 (1H, s), 10.50 (1H, s), 11.82 (1H, br s).
  • Example 8
  • Cyclopropane carboxylic acid {4-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-pyrimidin-2-ylsulphanyl]-phenyl}-amide methanesulfonate (V-1ii): Compound V-1 (515 mg, 1.11 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (80 mL) and heated to reflux. To the clear solution was added methanesulfonic acid (106 mg, 1.11 mmol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for a further 10 minutes. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was evaporated until a precipitate began to form. The mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration before being dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (290 mg, 47%); [0231] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 0.81-0.82 (4H, d), 1.82 (1H, m), 2.36 (6H, s), 2.83 (3H, d), 3.03-3.12 (4H, m), 3.40-3.47 (2H, m), 3.79 (br s, OH), 4.14-4.18 (2H, m), 5.50 (1H, s), 6.05 (1H, s), 7.49 (2H, d), 7.72 (2H, d), 9.61 (1H, s), 10.41 (1H, br s), 10.80 (1H, s)
  • Example 9
  • The following compounds set forth in Table 4 below were prepared according to the processes of the present invention and by methods substantially similar to those set forth in Examples 1-8 above. The characterization data for these compounds is summarized in Table 4 below and includes [0232] 1H NMR, melting point (m.p.), and mass spectral (MS) data.
  • Unless otherwise indicated each annotated [0233] 1H NMR, set forth in Table 4, was obtained at 400 MHz in deuterated dimethylsulfoxide (dmso-d6).
    TABLE 4
    Characterization Data for Representative Compounds
    Mass
    No. Structure m.p. 1H-NMR Spec
    V-2
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00110
    1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.34(2H, q), 2.72(4H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 5.42(1H, s), 5.98(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.07(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s) ES+439.4 ES−437.4
    V-3
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00111
    178-181 C. 1.24(9H, s), 1.98(3H, s), 2.68-2.70(4H, m), 3.31(4H, masked signal), 5.35(1H, s), 5.96(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.79(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 9.33(1H, s), 11.66(1H, s) ES+467.35 ES−465.38
    V-4
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00112
    0.97(6H, d), 1.10(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.45(4H, br s), 2.65(1H, br s), 3.35(4H, br s), 5.40(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+481.4
    V-6
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00113
    1.01(3H, t), 1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.31-2.37(8H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.42(1H, s), 6.01(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.22(1H, s), 10.07(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s) ES+467.3 ES−465.4
    V-7
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00114
    0.80-0.82(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 2.01(3H, s), 2.68(4H, m), 3.1-3.5(5H, m), 5.43(1H, s), 5.99(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.21(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) ES+451.3 ES−449.4
    V-8
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00115
    0.08(2H, m), 0.46(2H, m), 0.84(1H, m), 1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.19(2H, d), 2.34(2H, q), 2.44(4H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.41(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.23(1H, s), 10.08(1H, s), 11.66(1H, s)
    # ES+493.4 ES−491.4
    V-9
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00116
    0.33(2H, m), 0.42(2H, m), 1.09(3H, t), 1.62(1H, m), 2.00(3H, s), 2.34(2H, q), 2.53(4H, m), 3.32(masked signal), 5.42(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.22(1H, s), 10.07(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s) ES+479.4 ES−477.4
    V-10
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00117
    161-163 1.01(9H, s), 1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.34(2H, q), 2.5(masked signal), 3.36(masked signal), 5.42(1H, s), 5.98(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.21(1H, s), 10.08(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s) ES+495.4 ES−493.4
    V-11
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00118
    0.80-0.82(4H, m), 1.01(3H, t), 1.81(1H, m), 2.01(3H, s), 2.32-2.37(6H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.43(1H, s), 6.01(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.23(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s), ES+479.3 ES−477.4
    V-12
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00119
    0.48-0.59(2H, m), 1.75-1.87(2H, m), 1.08(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.61-1.75(1H, m), 2.32(2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 2.61-2.71(4H, m), 3.20-3.30(4H, m), 5.47(1H, s), 6.10(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.70(2H, d, J=8.4 Hz),
    # 9.20(1H, brs), 10.13(1H, s), 11.74(1H, brs) ES+465.34 ES−463.37
    V-13
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00120
    0.81-0.82(4H, m), 1.01(3H, t), 1.05(3H, t), 1.81(1H, m), 2.26-2.38(8H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.44(1H, s), 6.03(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.25(1H, s), 10.39(1H, s), 11.74(1H, s) ES+493.4 ES−491.4
    V-14
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00121
    0.54(2H, m), 0.79-0.82(6H, m), 1.01(3H, t), 1.69(1H, m), 1.82(1H, m), 2.32-2.36(6H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.45(1H, s), 6.07(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.23(1H, s), 10.38(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) ES+505.4 ES−503.4
    V-15
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00122
    0.49-0.59(2H, m), 0.76-0.85(2H, m), 1.08(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.63-1.72(1H, m), 2.19(3H, s), 2.23-2.38(6H, m), 3.30-3.43(4H, m), 5.50(1H, s), 6.15(1H, brs), 7.48(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.70(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.23(1H, brs),
    # 10.04(1H, s), 11.71(1H, brs). ES+479.34 ES−477.37
    V-16
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00123
    2.02(3H, s), 2.07(3H, s), 2.18(3H, s), 2.30(4H, m), 3.35(masked signal), 5.44(1H, s), 6.03(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.67(2H, d), 9.23(1H, s), 10.14(1H, s), 11.71(1H, s) ES+439.3 ES−437.4
    V-17
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00124
    1.23(9H, s), 1.97(3H, s), 2.20(3H, s), 2.30-2.33(4H, m), 3.31(4H, masked signal), 5.37(1H, s), 5.96(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.79(2H, d), 9.24(1H, s), 9.38(1H, s), 11.67(1H, brs) ES+481.4 ES−479.4
    V-18
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00125
    0.76-0.91(4H, m), 1.00-1.18(3H, m), 1.76-1.86(1H, m), 2.18(3H, s), 2.22-2.43(6H, m), 3.3-3.4(4H obscured), 5.46(1H, s), 6.08(1H, br s), 7.49(2H, d), 7.72(2H, d), 9.30(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 11.72(1H, s) ES+479.3 ES−477.3
    V-20
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00126
    137.5-138.9 1.10(3H, t), 2.00(2H, s), 2.18(3H, s), 2.28-2.36(5H, m), 2.98(2H, br s), 3.32(4H, m), 5.40(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) MS+453.5 (M +H)+
    I-1
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00127
    238-239 1.10(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.45(2H, q), 3.65(4H, s), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.80(2H, d), 9.25(1H, s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) MS 440.3 (M +H)+
    I-2
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00128
    1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.34(2H, q), 2.59(2H, m), 3.04(2H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 5.39(1H, s), 5.77(1H, br s), 6.85(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.07(1H, s), 10.07(1H, s), 11.63(1H, br s) ES+413.3 ES−411.4
    I-3
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00129
    1.09(3H, t), 1.35-1.37(2H, m), 1.44-1.46(4H, m), 2.03(3H, s), 2.26(6H, m), 2.33(2H, q), 3.13(2H, m), 5.45(1H, s), 5.84(1H, br s), 6.75(1H, br s), 7.46(2H, d), 7.68(2H, d), 9.05(1H, s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.65(1H, brs) ES+481.3 ES−479.4
    I-4
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00130
    2.01(3H, s), 2.07(3H, s), 2.34-2.44(12H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 3.55(4H, m), 5.43(1H, s), 6.02(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.67(2H, d), 9.22(1H, s), 10.14(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) ES+538.3 ES−536.4
    I-5
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00131
    1.06(3H, t), 1.98(3H, s), 2.20(3H, s), 2.31(2H, q), 2.50(masked signal), 2.84(3H, s), 3.38(2H, m), 5.42(1H, s), 5.77(1H, s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.00(1H, s), 10.18(1H, s), 11.68(1H, br s) ES+441.3 ES−439.4
    I-6
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00132
    1.10(3H, t), 1.45(4H, s), 1.60(2H, s), 2.00(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 3.35(4H, s), 5.40(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.15(1H, s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.80(1H, br s) ES+438.3
    I-7
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00133
    1.10(3H, t), 1.70(2H, s), 2.05(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.70(2H, s), 2.75(2H, s), 3.45(2H, s), 5.50(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.15(1H, s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+453.3
    I-8
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00134
    1.10(3H, t), 2.05(3H, s), 2.15(6H, s), 2.3-2.4(4H, m), 3.15(2H, s), 5.40(1H, s), 5.85(1H, br s), 6.75(1H, br s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.05(1H, br s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.65(1H, brs) ES+441.3
    I-9
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00135
    1.09(3H, t), 1.78(2H, m), 2.03(3H, s), 2.22(3H, s), 2.33(2H, q), 2.41(4H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 3.50(2H, m), 5.48(1H, s), 5.97(1H, br s), 7.46(2H, d), 7.68(2H, d), 9.14(1H, s), 10.06(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) ES+467.4 ES−465.4
    I-10
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00136
    1.09(3H, t), 1.94(3H, s), 2.20(3H, s), 2.30-2.38(6H, m), 3.42(4H, m), 6.94(1H, s), 7.49(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 7.95(1H, s), 9.27(1H, s), 10.07(1H, s) ES+470.2 ES−468.3
    I-11
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00137
    1.10(3H, t), 2.05(3H, s), 2.35(2H, d), 3.30(4H, s), 3.70(4H, s), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+456.2
    I-12
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00138
    1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.25-2.41(8H, m), 3.35(partially masked signal), 3.51(2H, m), 4.45(1H, m), 5.42(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.22(1H, s), 10.08(1H, s), 11.70(1H, s) ES+483.4 ES−481.4
    I-13
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00139
    1.10(3H, t), 1.23(2H, q), 1.37(9H, s), 1.70(2H, d), 2.00(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.83(2H, t), 3.47(1H, m), 3.95(2H, d), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 6.85(1H, d), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+553.4
    I-14
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00140
    0.46-0.58(2H, m), 0.78-0.89(2H, m), 1.08(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.62-1.72(1H, m), 2.21-2.43(6H, m), 3.23-3.40(4H, m), 3.50(2H, s), 5.48(1H, s), 6.10(1H, brs), 7.19-7.36(5H, m), 7.46(2H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 7.68(2H, d, J=8.5 Hz),
    # 9.21(1H, s), 10.03(1H, s), 11.70(1H, brs) ES+555.34 ES−553.40
    I-15
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00141
    1.07(3H, t), 1.12-1.22(2H, m), 1.70(2H, d), 2.02(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.80-2.90(3H, m), 3.95(2H, d), 5.45(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.15(1H, s), 11.75(1H, br s) ES+453.3
    I-16
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00142
    1.00(3H, d), 1.08(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.55-2.90(3H, m), 3.65-4.25(5H, m), 5.45(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.45(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.25(1H, br s), 10.20(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+453.3
    I-17
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00143
    0.47-0.55(2H, m), 0.72-0.81(2H, m), 1.08(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.41(9H, s), 1.62-1.73(1H, m), 2.32(2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 3.30-3.41(8H, m), 5.48(1H, s), 6.10(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 7.70(2H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 9.29(1H, brs), 10.05(1H, s),
    # 11.74(1H, brs). ES+565.33 ES−563.36
    I-18
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00144
    1.10(3H, t), 2.01(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 3.16-3.18(4H, m), 3.52-3.54(4H, m), 5.43(1H, s), 6.08(1H, br s), 6.891(1H, t), 6.97(2H, d), 7.23(2H, t), 7.49(2H, d), 7.71(2H, d), 9.28(1H, s), 10.09(1H, s), 11.72(1H, s) ES+515.3 ES−513.4
    I-19
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00145
    151-152 0.95(6H, s), 1.10(3H, t), 2.05(3H, s), 2.20(2H, t), 2.35(2H, q), 2.60(2H, br s), 3.80(2H, br s), 5.50(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.15(1H, s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+467.3
    I-20
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00146
    159-160 1.10(3H, t), 1.75(1H, br s), 2.00(3H, s), 2.30-2.40(3H, m), 2.65(1H, m), 3.25-3.45(3H, m), 3.60(1H, br s), 5.45(1H, s), 5.80(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.15(1H, br s), 10.05(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+439.3
    I-21
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00147
    0.50-0.58(2H, m), 0.78-0.85(2H, m), 0.90(3H, d, J=6.1 Hz), 0.95-1.05(2H, m), 1.09(3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.51-1.64(3H, m), 1.66-1.75(1H, m), 2.32(2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 2.66-2.78(2H, m), 3.96-4.08(2H, m), 5.48(1H, s),
    # 6.16(1H, brs), 7.48(2H, q, J=8.6 Hz), 7.69(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.18(1H, brs), 10.04(1H, s), 11.74(1H, brs) ES+478.37 ES−476.39
    I-22
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00148
    0.80-0.81(4H, m), 1.23-1.38(6H, m), 1.82(1H, m), 2.04(3H, s), 2.34(6H, m), 3.17(2H, m), 5.47(1H, s), 5.86(1H, br s), 6.80(1H, br s), 7.46(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.07(1H, s), 10.41(1H, s), 11.65(1H, br s) ES+493.4 ES−491.4
    I-23
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00149
    0.80-0.82(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 2.04(3H, s), 2.28(6H, m), 3.15(2H, m), 3.53(4H, m), 5.48(1H, s), 5.89(1H, br s), 6.81(1H, br s), 7.46(2H, d), 7.68(2H, d), 9.06(1H, s), 10.38(1H, s), 11.66(1H, brs) ES+495.4 ES−493.4
    I-24
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00150
    1.10(3H, t), 1.47(2H, q), 1.90(2H, d), 2.03(3H, s), 2.35(2H, q), 2.85(2H, br s), 3.23(2H, d), 5.45(1H, s), 5.90(1H, br s), 7.05(1H, d), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 8.30(1H, br s), 8.55(1H, br s), 9.10(1H, s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+453.3
    I-25
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00151
    0.83(4H, m), 1.82(1H, m), 2.22(3H, s), 2.89(4H, m), 3.33(4H, m) (masked), 5.81(1H, s), 6.24(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.32(1H, br s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES−449.4 ES+451.3
    I-26
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00152
    0.81-0.83(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 3.29-3.31(4H, m), 3.59-3.61(4H, m), 5.82(1H, s), 6.22(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.64(2H, d), 9.38(1H, s), 10.37(1H, s), 12.10(1H, s) ES+438.3 ES−436.4
    I-27
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00153
    0.8-0.83(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 2.37-2.41(6H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 3.50(2H, m), 4.44(1H, s), 5.81(1H, s), 6.23(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.32(1H, s), 10.38(1H, s), 12.10(1H, s) ES+481.3 ES−479.4
    I-28
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00154
    0.81-0.83(4H, m), 0.96(6H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.41-2.43(4H, m), 2.65(1H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 5.82(1H, s), 6.24(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.31(1H, s), 10.37(1H, s), 12.10(1H, s) ES+479.3 ES−477.4
    I-29
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00155
    220-222 M + H 479
    I-30
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00156
    0.77-0.88(4H, m), 1.28-1.55(6H, m), 1.76-1.88(1H, m), 2.12-2.43(6H, m), 3.05-3.17(2H, m), 5.81(1H, brs), 6.04(1H, brs), 6.84(1H, brs), 7.39(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.65(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.12(1H, brs), 10.33(1H, s), 12.06(1H, brs)
    # ES+479.35 ES−477.41
    I-31
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00157
    0.78-0.89(4H, m), 1.59-1.86(3H, m), 2.18-2.26(3H, m), 2.38-2.52(2H, m), 2.70-2.83(2H, m), 3.28-3.55(4H, m), 5.88(1H, s), 6.15(1H, brs), 7.39(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.63(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.25(1H, brs), 10.35(1H, s), 12.11(1H, brs)
    # ES+465.34 ES−463.41
    I-32
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00158
    0.72-0.90(4H, m), 1.31-1.54(3H, m), 2.20-2.35(2H, m), 2.57-2.75(3H, m), 3.12-3.50(2H, m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.22(1H, brs), 7.38(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.64(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.29(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s), 12.08(1H, brs)
    # ES+437.3 ES−435.37
    I-33
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00159
    1.15(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.19(3H, s), 2.25-2.40(6H, m), 3.30-3.40(4H, m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.25(1H, brs), 7.38(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.66(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.32(1H, s), 10.06(1H, s), 12.12(1H, brs). ES+439.34 ES−437.39
    I-34
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00160
    1.10(3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.36(2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 3.25-3.40(4H, m), 3.55-3.69(4H, m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.21(1H, brs), 7.32(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.65(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.38(1H, s), 10.04(1H, s), 12.10(1H, brs). ES+426.29 ES−424.38
    I-35
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00161
    Shrinks 140° C. Melts 280-282° C. 0.81-0.82(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 2.08(6H, s), 2.33(2H, br s), 3.10-3.12(2H, m), 5.81(1H, s), 6.03(1H, br s), 6.79(1H, br s), 7.38(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.64(2H, d), 9.12(1H, br s), 10.34(1H, s), 12.05(1H, br s)
    # ES+439.40 ES−437.24
    I-36
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00162
    mpt Shrinks 130° C. Melts 209-212° C. 0.81-0.82(4H, m), 1.80(1H, m), 2.24(6H, m), 3.10-3.15(2H, m), 3.51-3.53(4H, m), 5.84(1H, br s), 6.05(1H, br s), 6.87(1H, br s), 7.41(1H, s), 7.48(2H d), 7.66(2H, d), 9.13(1H, br s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.07(1H, br s)
    # ES+481.34 ES−479.39
    I-37
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00163
    131-132 0.80-0.85(4H, m), 1.82(1H, quin), 2.40-2.45(4H, m), 2.58(2H, t), 2.70(2H, t), 3.33-3.38(4H, m), 5.85(1H, s), 6.30(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.35(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES+490.3
    I-38
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00164
    Shrinks 220° C. mpt greater than 340° C. 0.80-0.82(4H, m), 1.63(4H, m), 1.63(1H, m), 2.33(6H, m), 3.10-3.13(2H, m), 5.82(1H, s), 5.99(1H, br s), 6.87(1H, br s), 7.38(1H, s), 7.46(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.17(1H, br s), 10.37(1H, s), 12.07(1H, br s)
    # ES+465.39 ES−463.31
    I-39
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00165
    0.80-0.83(4H, m), 1.15-2.02(5H, m), 2.22-2.47(1H, 2m), 2.63-2.79(1H, 2m), 2.91-3.62(6H, m), 4.03-4.53(1H, 2m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.15 and 6.24(1H, 2br s), 7.35(1H, s), 7.46-4.49(2H, d), 7.65-7.69(2H, 2d), 9.32 and 9.37(1H, 2s), 10.48 and 10.49(1H, 2s), 12.09(1H, br s)
    # ES+0 477.3 ES−475.4
    I-40
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00166
    0.80-0.83(4H, m), 1.15-2.02(5H, m), 2.22-2.47(1H, 2m), 2.63-2.79(1H, 2m), 2.91-3.62(6H, m), 4.03-4.53(1H, 2m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.15 and 6.24(1H, 2br s), 7.35(1H, s), 7.46-4.49(2H, d), 7.65-7.69(2H, 2d), 9.32 and 9.37(1H, 2s), 10.48 and 10.49(1H, 2s), 12.09(1H, br s)
    # ES+477.3 ES−475.4
    I-41
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00167
    0.79-0.89(4H, m), 1.80-1.89(1H, m), 2.65-2.73(1H, m), 2.90-2.99(1H, m), 4.49(2H, s), 5.86(1H, brs), 6.30(1H, brs), 6.95-7.20(4H, m), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.69(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.36(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 12.15(1H, brs)
    # ES+484.36 ES−482.37
    I-42
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00168
    168-169 0.80-0.88(4H, m), 1.82(1H, m), 2.88(3H, s), 3.13(4H, br s), 3.48(4H, br s), 5.82(1H, s), 6.27(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.68(2H, d), 9.41(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 12.15(1H, br s) ES+515.3
    I-43
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00169
    0.86(7H, m), 1.43(2H, m), 1.80(1H, m), 2.23(2H, t), 2.33(4H, m), 3.31(4H, m), (masked), 5.81(1H, s), 6.23(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.31(1H, s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.15(1H, br s) ES−463.4 ES+465.3
    I-44
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00170
    0.83(4H, m), 1.82(1H, m), 2.22(3H, s), 2.89(4H, m), 3.33(4H, m)(masked), 5.81(1H, s), 6.24(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.32(1H, br s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES−477.5 ES+479.4
    I-45
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00171
    154-155 0.80-0.84(4H, m), 1.80(1H, quin), 2.40-2.43(4H, m), 2.72(2H, t), 3.03(3H, s), 3.28-3.35(6H, m), 5.80(1H, s), 6.25(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.35(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES+543.3
    I-46
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00172
    160-161 0.80-0.85(4H, m), 1.06(3H, d), 1.80(1H, quin), 2.67(1H, br s), 3.65(1H, m), 4.05(1H, br s), 5.85(1H, s), 6.25(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.30(1H, br s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES+451.3
    I-47
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00173
    158-159 0.80-0.85(4H, m), 1.82(1H, quin), 2.35-2.45(4H, m), 3.17(2H, br s), 3.22-3.26(2H, m), 3.42-3.45(2H, m), 3.50-3.58(6H, m), 5.85(1H, s), 6.25(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.35(1H, br s), 10.40(1H, s), 12.10(1H, br s) ES+564.3
    I-48
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00174
    0.78-0.82(4H, m), 1.79(1H, m), 2.36(4H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 3.48(2H, s), 5.81(1H, s), 6.19(1H, br s), 7.24-7.35(6H, m), 7.47(2H, d), 7.63(2H, d), 9.33(1H, s), 10.34(1H, s), 12.09(1H, s) ES+527.4 ES−525.4
    I-49
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00175
    0.80-0.81(4H, m), 1.80(1H, m), 2.00(3H, s), 2.36-2.38(4H, m), 3.3(masked signal), 3.49(2H, s), 5.42(1H, s), 5.99(1H, br s), 7.25-7.35(5H, m), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.23(1H, s), 10.39(1H, s), 11.69(1H, s) ES+541.4 ES−539.4
    I-50
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00176
    0.80(4H, m), 0.93(6H, d), 1.82(1H, m), 2.20(2H, t), 2.58(2H, m), 3.79(2H, m), 5.87(1H, s), 6.23(1H, br s), 7.40(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.74(2H, d), 9.27(1H, br s), 10.35(1H, s), 12.11(1H, brs) ES−463.5 ES+465.4
    I-51
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00177
    1.10(£h, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.36(2H, q, J=7.5 Hz), 3.32(3H, s), 5.80(1H, brs), 6.05(1H, brs), 7.12-7.45(6H, m), 7.49(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.48(1H, brs), 10.11(1H, s), 12.05(1H, brs). ES+446.31 ES−444.34
    I-52
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00178
    0.75-0.89(4H, m), 0.89-1.03(6H, m), 1.74-1.88(1H, m), 3.15 3.29(4H, m), 5.89(1H, brs), 6.18(1H, brs), 7.42(1H, brs), 7.47(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.63(2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 9.19(1H, brs), 10.34(1H, s), 12.10(1H, brs). ES+424.34 ES−422.35
    I-53
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00179
    167-169 0.81-0.83(4H, m), 1.00(9H, s), 1.81(1H, m), 2.47(4H, m), 3.14(4H, m), 5.82(1H, s), 6.20(1H, br s), 7.36(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.65(2H, d), 9.32(1H, s), 10.37(1H, s), 12.09(1H, s) ES+493.4 ES−491.4
    I-54
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00180
    2.21(3H, s), 2.27-2.40(4H, m), 3.31-3.50(4H, m), 5.90(1H, s), 6.31(1H, brs), 7.10-7.25(3H, m), 7.35-7.50(3H, m), 9.38(1H, s), 12.14(1H, brs). ES+352.28 ES−350.32
    I-55
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00181
    2.05(3H, s), 2.19(3H, s), 2.26-2.39(4H, m), 3.36-3.46(4H, m), 5.95(1H, brs), 6.37(1H, brs), 7.06(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 7.45(1H, brs), 7.56(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 9.30(1H, brs), 9.95(1H, s), 12.12(1H, s). ES+409.31 ES−407.37
    I-56
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00182
    drkns 250 277-9 ES+485.3
    I-57
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00183
    1.34(3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.33-3.42(4H, m), 3.59-3.68(4H, m), 4.32(2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 5.94(1H, s), 6.40(1H, brs), 7.29(2H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 7.49(1H, brs), 7.99(2H, d, J=8.7 Hz), 9.50(1H, s), 12.20(1H, brs). ES+411.30 ES−409.37
    I-58
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00184
    3.30-3.39(4H, m), 3.60-3.65(4H, m), 5.89(1H, s), 6.25(1H, brs), 7.15-7.50(9H, m), 9.40(1H, brs), 12.12(1H, s). ES+415.32 ES−413.37
    I-59
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00185
    2.05(3H, s), 3.25-3.45(4H, m), 3.59-3.70(4H, m), 5.94(1H, s), 6.35(1H, brs), 7.07(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 7.46(1H, brs), 7.58(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 9.40(1H, s), 9.98(1H, s), 12.13(1H, brs). ES+396.32 ES−394.38
    I-60
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00186
    0.38-0.48(2H, m), 0.79-0.89(2H, m), 1.64-1.73(1H, m), 2.04(3H, s), 3.34-3.40(4H, m), 3.61-3.69(4H, m), 5.46(1H, s), 6.10(1H, brs), 7.05(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 7.61(2H, d, J=8.9 Hz), 9.34(1H, s), 9.99(1H, s), 11.85(1H, br s). ES+436.36 ES−434.41
    I-61
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00187
    238-239 0.85(4H, s), 1.80(1H, m), 2.00(3H, s), 3.35(4H, s), 3.60(4H, s), 5.43(1H, s), 6.00(1H, br s), 7.50(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.30(1H, s), 10.40(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s) ES+452.2
    V-1i
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00188
    0.81(4H, d), 1.83(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.77(3H, s), 2.90-3.17(4H, m), 4.09-4.33(4H, m), 5.46(1H, s), 6.06(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.72(2H, d), 9.35(1H, s), 1.45(1H, s), 10.62(1H, s), 11.72(1H, s)
    V-1iii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00189
    0.81-0.83(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.04(3H, s), 2.82-2.83(3H, m), 3.08-3.11(4H, m), 3.42-3.47(4H, m), 4.14-4.17(br m, OH), 5.49(1H, s), 6.04(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.71(2H, d), 9.53(1H, s), 9.64(1H, s), 10.39(1H, s)
    V-1iv
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00190
    0.82(4H, d), 1.80(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.45(3H, s), 2.69(br s, OH), 3.01(2H, s), 3.38-3.47(8H, m), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.70(2H, d), 9.25(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s)
    V-1v
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00191
    0.80-0.82(4H, m), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.21(3H, s), 2.34-2.36(4H, m), 3.36-3.38(masked signal for 4H + OH), 5.45(1H, s), 6.04(1H, s), 6.61(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.18(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s)
    V-1vi
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00192
    0.80-0.82(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.21(3H, s), 2.33-2.36(4H, m), 2.41(4H, s), 3.30-3.45(masked signal, 4H, m), 4.19(1H, br s), 5.45(1H, s), 6.03(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.18(1H, s), 10.35(1H, s), 11.70(1H, br s)
    V-1vii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00193
    0.81-0.83(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.80(3H, s), 3.11-3.45(masked signal, 8H, m), 5.45(1H, s), 6.07(3H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.71(2H, d), 9.36(1H, s), 10.38(1H, s), 11.75(1H, br s)
    V-1viii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00194
    0.81-0.82(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.27(3H, s), 2.43(4H, m), 3.38-3.47(masked signal, 4H, m), 4.20(2H, s), 5.45(1H, s), 6.04(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.20(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s)
    V-1ix
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00195
    0.81-0.83(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.82(3H, s), 3.03-3.13(4H, m), 3.36-3.75(masked signal, 6H, m), 4.12-4.15(2H, m), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.71(2H, d), 9.37(1H, s), 9.61(1H, brs), 10.38(1H, s)
    V-1x
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00196
    0.81-0.82(4H, d), 1.81(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.40(3H, s), 2.54-2.68(8H, m), 3.40-3.45(masked signal, 4H, m), 4.32(1H, br s), 5.45(1H, s), 6.05(1H, br s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.24(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s)
    V-1xi
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00197
    0.80-0.82(4H, d), 1.80(1H, m), 2.02(3H, s), 2.31(3H, s), 2.50(masked signal, 4H), 3.36-3.47(4H, m), 4.88(br m, OH), 5.45(1H, s), 6.04(1H, s), 7.47(2H, d), 7.69(2H, d), 9.22(1H, s), 10.36(1H, s)
    V-20 i
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00198
    1.09(3H, t), 2.00(3H, s), 2.38(2H, q), 2.77(3H, s), 3.00(2H, m), 3.18(2H, m), 3.40(2H, d), 4.10(2H, d), 5.41(1H, s), 6.06(1H, br s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.73(2H, d), 9.42(1H, s), 10.15(1H, s), 10.64(1H, br s), 11.77(1H, br s) ES−451.4 ES+453.4 (M +H)+
    V-20 ii
    Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00199
    1.09(3H, t), 2.0(3H, s), 2.35(5H, m), 2.81(3H, s), 3.09(4H, m), 3.44(2H, d), 4.12(2H, d), 5.41(1H, s), 6.02(1H, br s), 7.48(2H, d), 7.73(2H, d), 9.44(1H, s), 9.70(1H, br s), 10.10(1H, s), 11.80(1H, br s) ES−451.4 ES+453.4 (M +H)+
  • Biological Assays
  • The activity of the compounds of this invention as kinase inhibitors may be assayed in vitro, in vivo or in a cell line. In vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated Aurora and/or FLT-3 enzyme. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind to Aurora and/or FLT-3 and may be measured either by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/Aurora and/or inhibitor/FLT-3 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound, or by running a competition experiment where new compounds are incubated with Aurora and/or FLT-3 bound to known radioligands. One may use any type or isoform of Aurora, depending upon which Aurora type or isoform is to be inhibited. The details of the conditions used for the enzymatic assays are set forth in the Examples hereinbelow. [0234]
  • Example 10 Ki Determination for the Inhibition of Aurora
  • Compounds were screened in the following manner for their ability to inhibit Aurora using a standard coupled enzyme assay (Fox et al (1998) [0235] Protein Sci 7, 2249). To an assay stock buffer solution containing 0.1M HEPES 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM DTT, 25 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM phosphoenolpyruvate, 300 mM NADH, 30 mg/ml pyruvate kinase, 10 mg/ml lactate dehydrogenase, 40 mM ATP, and 800 μM peptide (LRRASLG, American Peptide, Sunnyvale, Calif.) was added a DMSO solution of a compound of the present invention to a final concentration of 30 μM. The resulting mixture was incubated at 30° C. for 10 minutes. The reaction was initiated by the addition of 10 μL of Aurora stock solution to give a final concentration of 70 nM in the assay. The rates of reaction were obtained by monitoring absorbance at 340 nm over a 5 minute read time at 30° C. using a BioRad Ultramark plate reader (Hercules, Calif.). The Ki values were determined from the rate data as a function of inhibitor concentration.
  • Compounds of formula V of the present invention were found to be inhibitors of Aurora-1, Aurora-2, and Aurora-3. [0236]
  • Example 11 Ki Determination for the Inhibition of FLT-3
  • Compounds were screened for their ability to inhibit FLT-3 activity using a radiometric filter-binding assay. This assay monitors the [0237] 33P incorporation into a substrate poly(Glu, Tyr) 4:1 (pE4Y). Reactions were carried out in a solution containing 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl2, 25 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, 0.01% BSA and 2.5% DMSO. Final substrate concentrations in the assay were 90 μM ATP and 0.5 mg/ml pE4Y (both from Sigma Chemicals, St Louis, Mo.). The final concentration of a compound of the present invention is generally between 0.01 and 5 μM. Typically, a 12-point titration was conducted by preparing serial dilutions from 10 mM DMSO stock of test compound. Reactions were carried out at room temperature.
  • Two assay solutions were prepared. Solution 1 contains 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl[0238] 2, 25 mM NaCl, 1 mg/ml pE4Y and 180 μM ATP(containing 0.3 μCi of [γ-33P]ATP for each reaction). Solution 2 contains 100 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl2, 25 mM NaCl, 2 mM DTT, 0.02% BSA and 3 nM FLT-3. The assay was run on a 96 well plate by mixing 50 μl each of Solution 1 and 2.5 ml of the compounds of the present invention. The reaction was initiated with Solution 2. After incubation for 20 minutes at room temperature, the reaction was stopped with 50 μl of 20% TCA containing 0.4 mM of ATP. All of the reaction volume was then transferred to a filter plate and washed with 5% TCA by a Harvester 9600 from TOMTEC (Hamden, Conn.). The amount of 33P incorporation into pE4y was analyzed by a Packard Top Count Microplate Scintillation Counter (Meriden, Conn.). The data was fitted using Prism software to get an IC50 or Ki.
  • Compounds of formula V of the present invention were found to be inhibitors of FLT-3. [0239]
  • Example 12 IC50 Determination for the Inhibition of Aurora in a Colo205 Cellular Assay
  • Compounds were also assayed for the inhibition of cell proliferation. In this assay, a complete media was prepared by adding 10% fetal bovine serum, L-glutamine and penicillin/streptomycin solution to RPMI 1640 medium (Sigma). Colon cancer cells (COLO-205 cell line) were added to a 96 well plate at a seeding density of 1.25×104 cells/well/150 μL. A solution of test compound was prepared in complete media by serial dilution, the test compound solution (50 μL) was added to each per well. [0240]
  • Each plate contained a series of wells in which only complete media (200 μL) was added to form a control group in order to measure maximal proliferation. A vehicle control group was also added to each plate. The plates were incubated at 37° C. for 2 days. A stock solution of [0241] 3H-thymidine (1 mCi/mL, Amersham Phamacia UK) was diluted to 20 μCi/mL in RPMI medium then 25 μL of this solution was added to each well. The plates were further incubated at 37° C. for 3 hours then harvested and analyzed for 3H-thymidine uptake using a liquid scintillation counter.
  • Compounds of formula V of the present invention were found to be inhibitors of proliferation of Colo205 cancer cells. [0242]
  • Example 13 Measurement of Cell Proliferation in a Panel of Tumour and Normal Cell Types: 3H thymidine Incorporation Assay
  • The [0243] 3H thymidine incorporation assay was chosen as a well characterized method of determining cell proliferation. Cells from normal tissues and a wide variety of different tumour types were chosen for analysis. Many of the tumour cells were selected because they express high levels of Aurora proteins (e.g. MCF-7, PC3, A375, A549) (See section 5.3.5 and Bischoff et al EMBO J. 1998 17, 3052-3065) and/or are able to form tumours in nude mice or rats (e.g. HCT116, MCF-7 and MDA-MB-231).
  • Logarithmically growing cells were incubated with compound for 96 hours. To measure cell proliferation, 3 hours prior to the end of the experiment 0.5 μCi of [0244] 3H thymidine was added to each well. Cells were then harvested, washed and the incorporated radioactivity counted on a Wallac microplate beta-counter. To determine the inhibition of proliferation, cpm were plotted versus compound concentration, and the IC50 graphically determined.
  • Table 5 below sets forth the cell lines utilized in the above described cell proliferation assay. For each cell line, the inhibition of cell proliferation and [0245] 3H thymidine incorporation (96 hour time-point) was determined.
    TABLE 5
    Cell Lines
    Origin Cell line
    Colorectal adenocarcinoma HCT-116
    Colorectal adenocarcinoma LS174T
    Leukemia HL60
    Mammary gland adenocarcinoma MDA-MB-231
    Mammary gland adenocarcinoma ZR-75-1
    Mammary gland adenocarcinoma MCF-7
    Prostate adenocarcinoma PC3
    Pancreatic MIA-Pa-Ca-2
    Melanoma A375
    Primary PHA-stimulated human lymphocytes PHA blasts
  • While a number of embodiments of this invention have been described, it is apparent that the basic examples may be altered to provide other embodiments which utilize the compounds and methods of this invention. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments which have been represented by way of example. [0246]

Claims (56)

We claim:
1. A method for preparing a compound of formula I:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00200
wherein:
Q and T are each independently selected from oxygen, sulfur or N(R);
each R is independently selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-6 aliphatic group, wherein:
two R bound to the same nitrogen atom are optionally taken together with the nitrogen to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered monocyclic or 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen bound thereto, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Rx is U-R5;
R5 is selected from halogen, NO2, CN, R, or Ar;
each U is independently selected from a valence bond or a C1-4 alkylidene chain, wherein:
up to two methylene units of U are optionally and independently replaced by —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —CO2—, —N(R)C(O)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)CON(R)—, —N(R)SO2N(R)—, —N(R)N(R)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —C(R)═NN(R)—, or —C(R)═N—O—;
each Ar is independently selected from an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Ry is —N(R1)2, —OR1, or —SR1;
each R1 is independently selected from R or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
each R1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents independently selected from R2;
each R2 is independently selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2(R3);
each R3 is independently selected from R or Ar;
Rz1 is selected from a C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic, an 8-10 membered bicyclic, or a 10-12 membered tricyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein:
Rz1 is substituted with 0-4 independently selected R2 groups;
Rz2 is C1-6 aliphatic group or a 3-8 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein:
Rz2 is substituted by 0-4 substituents independently selected from oxo or U-R5;
said process comprising the step of combining a compound of formula II and a compound of formula Ry—H in a suitable medium:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00201
wherein:
said suitable medium comprises:
i) a suitable solvent; and
ii) optionally, a suitable base; and
L3 is a suitable leaving group.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein said compound of formula II is prepared by combining a compound of formula III with a compound of formula Rz1-Q-H in a suitable medium:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00202
wherein:
said suitable medium comprises:
i) a suitable solvent; and
ii) optionally, a suitable base; and
L2 is a suitable leaving group.
3. The method according to claim 2, wherein said compound of formula III is prepared by combining a compound of formula IV with a compound of formula Rz2-T-H in a suitable medium:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00203
wherein:
said suitable medium comprises:
i) a suitable solvent; and
ii) optionally, a suitable base; and
L1 is a suitable leaving group.
4. The method according to claim 1, wherein L3 is selected from halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl.
5. The method according to claim 4, wherein L3 is fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, paratoluenesulfonyl, methanesulfonyl, paranitrophenylsulfonyl, parabromophenylsulfonyl, or trifluoromethanesulfonate.
6. The method according to claim 5, wherein L3 is chloro or iodo.
7. The method according to claim 2, wherein L2 is halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl.
8. The method according to claim 7, wherein L2 is fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, paratoluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, paranitrophenylsulfonyl, parabromophenylsulfonyl, or trifluoromethanesulfonate.
9. The method according to claim 8, wherein L2 is chloro or Iodo.
10. The method according to claim 3, wherein L1 is halogen, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted alkylsulphonyl.
11. The method according to claim 10, wherein L1 is optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl.
12. The method according to claim 11, wherein L1 is methanesulfonyl.
13. The method according to claim 1, wherein Q is N(R).
14. The method according to claim 1, wherein T is oxygen or sulfur.
15. The method according to claim 14, wherein T is sulfur.
16. The method according to claim 1, wherein Ry is —OR1 or —N(R1)2.
17. The method according to claim 16, wherein Ry is —N(R1)2, and wherein:
R1 is selected from R or a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
each R1 is R such that the two R on the same nitrogen atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered saturated ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and wherein:
each R1 is optionally and independently substituted by up to four substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2(R3).
18. The method according to claim 17, wherein Ry is N(R1)2, wherein:
each R1 is independently selected from R, wherein R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic group.
19. The method according to claim 17, wherein Ry is N(R1)2 wherein:
each R1 is R such that the two R groups are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered saturated ring having up to two additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
20. The method according to claim 19, wherein Ry is selected from pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, piperazin-1-yl, diazepanyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, wherein each ring is optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methylsulfonyl, (CH2)2SO2CH3, cyclopropyl, CH2cyclopropyl, (CH2)2OH, CO2t-butyl, CH2phenyl, phenyl, NH2, NH(CH3), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2NH2, (CH2)2morpholin-4-yl, (CH2)2N(CH3)2, isopropyl, propyl, t-butyl, (CH2)2CN, or (CH2)2C(O)morpholin-4-yl.
21. The method according to claim 1, wherein Rz1 is a 3-7 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
22. The method according to claim 21, wherein Rz1 is a 5-6 membered fully unsaturated ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally and independently substituted by up to three substituents selected from —R3, —OR3, —SR3, —CN, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —N(R3)2, —C(O)R3, —OC(O)R3, —CO2R3, —SO2R3, —SO2N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —C(O)N(R3)2, —OC(O)NR(R3), —OC(O)N(R3)2, —NR3C(O)R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
23. The method according to claim 22, wherein Rz1 is an optionally substituted ring selected from pyrazole or any one of the following 5-6 membered rings:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00204
24. The method according to claim 23, wherein Rz1 is a pyrazole ring having up to two substituents independently selected from —N(R3)2, —OR3, or a C1-C4 aliphatic group.
25. The method according to claim 24, wherein Rz1 is a pyrazole optionally substituted with one substituent selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, or phenyl.
26. The method according to claim 1, wherein Rz2 is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 5-6 membered monocyclic or an 8-10 membered bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by up to three substituents independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R3, —CO2R3, —C(O)NR(R3), —NR3C(O)R3, —N(R3)2, —N(R3)SO2R3, —NR3C(O)N(R3)2, or —NR3CO2R3.
27. The method according to claim 26, wherein:
Rz2 is selected from phenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, benzodioxinyl, isobenzofuran, indanyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, or isoquinolinyl, wherein:
Rz2 is optionally substituted with up to three substituents independently selected from —Cl, —Br, —F, —CN, —CF3, —COOH, —CONHMe, —CONHEt, —NH2, —NHAc, —NHSO2Me, —NHSO2Et, —NHSO2(n-propyl), —NHSO2(isopropyl), —NHCOEt, —NHCOCH2NHCH3, —NHCOCH2N(CO2t-Bu)CH3, —NHCOCH2N(CH3)2, —NHCOCH2CH2N(CH3)2, —NHCOCH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, —NHCO(cyclopropyl), —NHCO(isopropyl), —NHCO(isobutyl), —NHCOCH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCOCH2CH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCOCH2CH2CH2(morpholin-4-yl), —NHCO2(t-butyl), —NH(cyclohexyl), —NHMe, —NMe2, —OH, —OMe, methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, isopropyl, or t-butyl.
28. The method according to claim 27, wherein Rz2 has one substituent selected from —NR3C(O)R3, wherein:
each R3 is independently selected from R or Ar, and wherein:
R is hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-4 aliphatic group.
29. The method according to claim 1 wherein said suitable solvent is a protic solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon, an ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a polar or a non-polar aprotic solvent, or any mixtures thereof.
30. The method according to claim 29, wherein said solvent is a C1-5 straight or branched alkyl alcohol, ether, or a polar or non-polar aprotic solvent.
31. The method according to claim 1 wherein said suitable base is selected from an organic amine, an alkaline earth metal carbonate, an alkaline earth metal hydride, or an alkaline earth metal hydroxide.
32. The method according to claim 31, wherein said suitable base is selected from a trialkyl amine, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, or potassium hydroxide.
33. The method according to claim 1, wherein said method is used to prepare a compound selected from the following Table 1 and Table 2 compounds:
TABLE 1 No. V- Structure 1
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00205
2
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00206
3
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00207
4
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00208
5
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00209
6
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00210
7
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00211
8
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00212
9
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00213
10
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00214
11
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00215
12
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00216
13
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00217
14
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00218
15
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00219
16
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00220
17
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00221
18
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00222
19
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00223
20
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00224
TABLE 2
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00225
I-1
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00226
I-2
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00227
I-3
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00228
I-4
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00229
I-5
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00230
I-6
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00231
I-7
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00232
I-8
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00233
I-9
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00234
I-10
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00235
I-11
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00236
I-12
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00237
I-13
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00238
I-14
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00239
I-15
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00240
I-16
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00241
I-17
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00242
I-18
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00243
I-19
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00244
I-20
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00245
I-21
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00246
I-22
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00247
I-23
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00248
I-24
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00249
I-25
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00250
I-26
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00251
I-27
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00252
I-28
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00253
I-29
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00254
I-30
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00255
I-31
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00256
I-32
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00257
I-33
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00258
I-34
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00259
I-35
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00260
I-36
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00261
I-37
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00262
I-38
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00263
I-39
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00264
I-40
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00265
I-41
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00266
I-42
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00267
I-43
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00268
I-44
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00269
I-45
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00270
I-46
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00271
I-47
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00272
I-48
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00273
I-49
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00274
I-50
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00275
I-51
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00276
I-52
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00277
I-53
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00278
I-54
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00279
I-55
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00280
I-56
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00281
I-57
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00282
I-58
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00283
I-59
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00284
I-60 and
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00285
I-61.
34. A compound of formula V:
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00286
or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative or salt thereof, wherein:
R5 is selected from hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic;
R6 is selected from C1-3 aliphatic; and
R7 is selected from Cab aliphatic.
35. The compound according to claim 34, wherein R5 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or isopropyl.
36. The compound according to claim 35, wherein R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl.
37. The compound according to claim 36, wherein R7 is selected from methyl, ethyl, t-butyl, or cyclopropyl.
38. A compound selected from the following Table 1 compounds:
TABLE 1 No. V- Structure 1
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00287
2
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00288
3
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00289
4
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00290
5
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00291
6
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00292
7
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00293
8
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00294
9
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00295
10
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00296
11
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00297
12
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00298
13
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00299
14
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00300
15
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00301
16
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00302
17
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00303
18
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00304
19
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00305
20
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00306
39. A compound selected from the following Table 3 compounds:
TABLE 3 V-1 i
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00307
V-1 ii
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00308
V-1 iii
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00309
V-1 iv
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00310
V-1 v
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00311
V-1 vi
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00312
V-1 vii
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00313
V-1 viii
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00314
V-1 ix
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00315
V-1 x
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00316
V-1 xi
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00317
V-20 i
Figure US20040049032A1-20040311-C00318
40. A composition comprising a compound according to claim 34, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
41. The composition according to claim 40, additionally comprising an anti-proliferative agent or a chemotherapeutic agent.
42. A method of inhibiting Aurora-1 in a biological sample, comprising contacting said sample with:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
43. A method of inhibiting Aurora-2 in a biological sample, comprising contacting said sample with:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
44. A method of inhibiting Aurora-3 in a biological sample, comprising contacting said sample with:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
45. A method of inhibiting FLT-3 in a biological sample, comprising contacting said sample with:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
46. A method of inhibiting Aurora-1 in a patient, comprising administering to said patient:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
47. A method of inhibiting Aurora-2 in a patient, comprising administering to said patient:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
48. A method of inhibiting Aurora-3 in a patient, comprising administering to said patient:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
49. A method of inhibiting FLT-3 in a patient, comprising administering to said patient:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
50. A method of inhibiting Aurora-1, Aurora-2, Aurora-3, and FLT-3 in a patient, comprising administering to said patient:
(a) a compound according to claim 34; or
(b) a composition according to claim 40.
51. A method of treating cancer in a patient comprising the step of administering to said patient a composition according to claim 40.
52. The method according to claim 51 comprising the step of administering to said patient an additional chemotherapeutic or anti-proliferative agent.
53. The method according to claim 51, wherein said cancer is selected from melanoma, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, leukemia, or a cancer selected from colon, breast, lung, kidney, ovary, pancreatic, renal, CNS, cervical, prostate, or cancer of the gastric tract.
54. The method according to claim 51, wherein said cancer is selected from acute-myelogenous leukemia (AML), acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), mastocytosis or gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST).
55. A method of treating or lessening the severity of a cancer in a patient comprising the step of disrupting mitosis of the cancer cells by inhibiting Aurora protein kinase with a compound according to claim 34.
56. The method according to claim 55, comprising the step of administering to said patient a composition according to claim 40.
US10/464,430 2002-06-20 2003-06-18 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines Abandoned US20040049032A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/464,430 US20040049032A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-06-18 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines
US11/500,981 US7557106B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2006-08-09 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US12/436,407 US8268829B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2009-05-06 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US13/585,861 US8779127B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2012-08-15 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US39065802P 2002-06-20 2002-06-20
US41160902P 2002-09-18 2002-09-18
US10/464,430 US20040049032A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-06-18 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/500,981 Continuation US7557106B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2006-08-09 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040049032A1 true US20040049032A1 (en) 2004-03-11

Family

ID=30003168

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/464,430 Abandoned US20040049032A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-06-18 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines
US11/500,981 Expired - Fee Related US7557106B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2006-08-09 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US12/436,407 Expired - Fee Related US8268829B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2009-05-06 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US13/585,861 Expired - Fee Related US8779127B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2012-08-15 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/500,981 Expired - Fee Related US7557106B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2006-08-09 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US12/436,407 Expired - Fee Related US8268829B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2009-05-06 Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US13/585,861 Expired - Fee Related US8779127B2 (en) 2002-06-20 2012-08-15 Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines

Country Status (27)

Country Link
US (4) US20040049032A1 (en)
EP (4) EP2292614A1 (en)
JP (5) JP4237701B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101067254B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100484934C (en)
AR (1) AR040286A1 (en)
AT (2) ATE498621T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003245568B2 (en)
BR (1) BR0312443A (en)
CA (1) CA2489824C (en)
CO (1) CO5680433A2 (en)
DE (1) DE60336092D1 (en)
EA (2) EA012869B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP055561A (en)
ES (1) ES2386781T3 (en)
HK (3) HK1077057A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20050064A2 (en)
IL (1) IL165849A0 (en)
IS (2) IS7606A (en)
MX (1) MXPA05000068A (en)
MY (1) MY141867A (en)
NO (2) NO331925B1 (en)
NZ (4) NZ576752A (en)
PL (1) PL374953A1 (en)
SG (1) SG170614A1 (en)
TW (2) TWI297684B (en)
WO (1) WO2004000833A1 (en)

Cited By (72)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050153966A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-07-14 Syrrx, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20050250829A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-10 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20060041137A1 (en) * 2004-08-18 2006-02-23 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20060084650A1 (en) * 2004-10-15 2006-04-20 Qing Dong Kinase inhibitors
US20060281768A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Gaul Michael D Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine kinase modulators
US20060281788A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using a flt3 inhibitor and a farnesyl transferase inhibitor
US20060281772A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Nand Baindur Alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators
US20070021436A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2007-01-25 Nand Baindur Intermediates useful in the synthesis of alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators, and related methods of synthesis
US20070117816A1 (en) * 2005-10-07 2007-05-24 Brown Jason W Kinase inhibitors
US20070142368A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2007-06-21 Xiao-Yi Xiao Substituted pyrazole compounds
US20070249680A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2007-10-25 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US20070270420A1 (en) * 2002-02-06 2007-11-22 Harbeson Scott L Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of gsk-3
US20080051402A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2008-02-28 Illig Carl R Method of inhibiting c-kit kinase
EP1968950A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2008-09-17 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
US20090029992A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2009-01-29 Agoston Gregory E Substituted pyrazole compounds
US20090062302A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2009-03-05 Buser-Doepner Carolyn A Jak2 Tyrosine Kinase Inhibition
US20090105296A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US20090156557A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2009-06-18 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20090325968A1 (en) * 2003-02-06 2009-12-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Protein Kinases
US20100022507A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2010-01-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20100022502A1 (en) * 2006-11-02 2010-01-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines and aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20100081657A1 (en) * 2003-12-04 2010-04-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinoxalines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20100137305A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2010-06-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20100184980A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2010-07-22 Juan-Miguel Jimenez Process for Preparing 5-Fluoro-1H-Pyrazolo [3,4-b] Pyridin-3-amine and Derivatives Thereof
US20100185419A1 (en) * 2008-09-05 2010-07-22 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Algorithm for designing irreversible inhibitors
US20100215772A1 (en) * 2007-05-02 2010-08-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US7795279B2 (en) 2005-10-18 2010-09-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting FLT3 kinase
US20100256170A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2010-10-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US20100310675A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2010-12-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110020377A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110020376A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110021559A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110046104A1 (en) * 2007-05-02 2011-02-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110060013A1 (en) * 2007-05-24 2011-03-10 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and pyrazoles useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110117073A1 (en) * 2009-09-16 2011-05-19 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Protein Kinase Conjugates and Inhibitors
US20110195960A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2011-08-11 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8153630B2 (en) 2004-11-17 2012-04-10 Miikana Therapeutics, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20120095014A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2012-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8278450B2 (en) 2007-04-18 2012-10-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8633210B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2014-01-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Triazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US8691813B2 (en) 2008-11-28 2014-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole and benzoxazine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8691849B2 (en) 2008-09-02 2014-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8697689B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole and benzomorpholine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8716480B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2014-05-06 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 7-aryl-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
WO2014071378A1 (en) * 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Nant Holdings Ip, Llc Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
US8722894B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2014-05-13 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted-4-phenyl-1H-pyridin-2-ones
US8748621B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2014-06-10 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted 4-(aryl-X-phenyl)-1H-pyridin-2-ones
WO2014107209A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Llc Crenolanib for treating flt3 mutated proliferative disorders
US8785486B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2014-07-22 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazo[1,2-A]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US8785444B2 (en) 2007-05-02 2014-07-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and pyrazoles useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2014145403A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Nantbio, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutic applications
US8841323B2 (en) 2006-03-15 2014-09-23 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1, 4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2-receptors
US8906939B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2014-12-09 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-cyano-4-(4-tetrahydropyran-phenyl)-pyridin-2-one derivatives
US8937060B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-01-20 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US8946205B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-02-03 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US8993591B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US9012448B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-04-21 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US9023880B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2015-05-05 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Llc Method of inhibiting constitutively active phosphorylated FLT3 kinase
US9029352B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2015-05-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of C-FMS kinase inhibitors
US9067891B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-06-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2-receptors
US9114138B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2015-08-25 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′] bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US9271967B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2016-03-01 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US9303046B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2016-04-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of heterocyclic ester derivatives
US9708315B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2017-07-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine compounds and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US10106542B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2018-10-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10463658B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-11-05 Videra Pharmaceuticals, Llc Method of inhibiting FLT3 kinase
US10537573B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2020-01-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
WO2020049208A1 (en) 2018-09-09 2020-03-12 Fundacio Privada Institut De Recerca De La Sida - Caixa Aurora kinase as target for treating, preventing or curing hiv infection or aids
US11078541B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-08-03 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders associated mutations
US11369606B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-06-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
US11969420B2 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-04-30 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of crenolanib and apoptosis pathway agents for the treatment of proliferative disorders

Families Citing this family (61)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7473691B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2009-01-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
IL156368A0 (en) * 2000-12-21 2004-01-04 Vertex Pharma Pyrazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
WO2003078427A1 (en) 2002-03-15 2003-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Azolylaminoazines as inhibitors of protein kinases
MY141867A (en) * 2002-06-20 2010-07-16 Vertex Pharma Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2004013140A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of gsk-3
JP2007522233A (en) 2004-02-11 2007-08-09 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in therapy
EP2543376A1 (en) 2004-04-08 2013-01-09 Targegen, Inc. Benzotriazine inhibitors of kinases
WO2006024034A1 (en) 2004-08-25 2006-03-02 Targegen, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use
TW200624431A (en) 2004-09-24 2006-07-16 Hoffmann La Roche Phthalazinone derivatives, their manufacture and use as pharmaceutical agents
US7285569B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2007-10-23 Hoff Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Tricycles, their manufacture and use as pharmaceutical agents
EP1841760B1 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-08-10 Exelixis, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives as kinase modulators and method of use
BRPI0608178A2 (en) 2005-04-14 2009-11-17 Hoffmann La Roche aminopyrazole derivatives, their manufacture, pharmaceutical composition and use as pharmaceutical agents
JP2009502937A (en) * 2005-07-26 2009-01-29 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド ABL kinase inhibition
WO2007022384A2 (en) * 2005-08-18 2007-02-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazine kinase inhibitors
US8604042B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2013-12-10 Targegen, Inc. Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
AU2013201630B2 (en) * 2005-11-03 2016-12-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
CA2629781A1 (en) * 2005-11-16 2007-05-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US7560551B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2009-07-14 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
EP1984353B1 (en) 2006-01-23 2015-12-30 Amgen, Inc Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US7868177B2 (en) 2006-02-24 2011-01-11 Amgen Inc. Multi-cyclic compounds and method of use
US7615627B2 (en) 2006-06-21 2009-11-10 Reliance Life Sciences Pvt. Ltd. RNA interference mediated inhibition of aurorakinase B and its combinations as anticancer therapy
WO2008005538A2 (en) 2006-07-05 2008-01-10 Exelixis, Inc. Methods of using igf1r and abl kinase modulators
GB0619343D0 (en) * 2006-09-30 2006-11-08 Vernalis R&D Ltd New chemical compounds
JP5528807B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2014-06-25 アステックス、セラピューティックス、リミテッド Compound drug
EP2073803B1 (en) 2006-10-12 2018-09-19 Astex Therapeutics Limited Pharmaceutical combinations
US8236823B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2012-08-07 Amgen Inc. Multi-cyclic compounds and methods of use
MX2009010517A (en) 2007-04-05 2009-10-19 Amgen Inc Aurora kinase modulators and method of use.
CA2706075A1 (en) * 2007-11-20 2009-05-28 University Health Network Cancer diagnostic and therapeutic methods that target plk4/sak
WO2009073224A1 (en) * 2007-12-07 2009-06-11 Ambit Biosciences Corp. Methods of treating certain diseases using pyrimidine derivatives
WO2009086012A1 (en) * 2007-12-20 2009-07-09 Curis, Inc. Aurora inhibitors containing a zinc binding moiety
WO2009117157A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2010019473A1 (en) * 2008-08-14 2010-02-18 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
WO2010027921A1 (en) * 2008-09-03 2010-03-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals and pharmaceutical formulations comprising the same
AR074210A1 (en) 2008-11-24 2010-12-29 Boehringer Ingelheim Int PIRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF PTK2-QUINASA
EP2376082B1 (en) 2008-12-22 2014-03-05 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination of aurora kinase inhibitors and anti-cd20 antibodies
WO2012059932A1 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-10 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited 2, 4 -diaminopyrimidine derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
CA2816957A1 (en) 2010-11-07 2012-05-10 Targegen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating myelofibrosis
WO2012112674A2 (en) * 2011-02-15 2012-08-23 The Johns Hopkins University Compounds and methods of use thereof for treating neurodegenerative disorders
WO2013143466A1 (en) * 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Substituted pyrimidine derivative as aurora kinase inhibitor
BR112014026703B1 (en) 2012-04-24 2022-10-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated DNA-PK INHIBITORS AND THEIR USES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND THEIR USES, AND METHOD OF SENSITIZING A CELL
US9539259B2 (en) 2012-05-23 2017-01-10 The Johns Hopkins University Compounds and methods of use thereof for treating neurodegenerative disorders
AU2013271731A1 (en) * 2012-06-07 2014-12-18 Georgia State University Research Foundation, Inc. SecA inhibitors and methods of making and using thereof
CN103202843B (en) * 2012-12-31 2015-04-29 刘强 Application of pyrimidine derivative in preparation of drugs capable of prevention and/or treatment and/or adjuvant therapy of cancers
WO2014134772A1 (en) * 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds inhibiting leucine-rich repeat kinase enzyme activity
WO2014134774A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds inhibiting leucine-rich repeat kinase enzyme activity
WO2014134776A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds inhibiting leucine-rich repeat kinase enzyme activity
WO2014137728A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds inhibiting leucine-rich repeat kinase enzyme activity
RS62649B1 (en) 2013-03-12 2021-12-31 Vertex Pharma Dna-pk inhibitors
EP3424920B1 (en) 2013-10-17 2020-04-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals of (s)-n-methyl-8-(1-((2'-methyl-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)amino)propan-2-yl)quinoline-4-carboxamide and deuterated derivatives thereof as dna-pk inhibitors
US10335494B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2019-07-02 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination of aurora kinase inhibitors and anti-CD30 antibodies
WO2016067803A1 (en) * 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic amine salt, process for producing same, and process for producing azo dye
WO2016166604A1 (en) * 2015-04-17 2016-10-20 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd Plk4 inhibitors
AU2017275657B2 (en) 2016-06-02 2021-08-19 Novartis Ag Potassium channel modulators
JP2019529475A (en) 2016-09-27 2019-10-17 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドVertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Method for treating cancer using a combination of a DNA damaging agent and a DNA-PK inhibitor
BR112019014814B1 (en) 2017-01-23 2024-03-12 Novartis Ag COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF AND THEIR USES IN THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES ASSOCIATED WITH DYSFUNCTION OF POTASSIUM ION CHANNELS
CN108250191B (en) * 2018-03-15 2020-10-20 兰州大学 3, 5-disubstituted 2-amino-pyrazine compound and preparation process and application thereof
US11874276B2 (en) 2018-04-05 2024-01-16 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. STING levels as a biomarker for cancer immunotherapy
US20220305048A1 (en) 2019-08-26 2022-09-29 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Use of heparin to promote type 1 interferon signaling
WO2023196959A1 (en) 2022-04-07 2023-10-12 Eli Lilly And Company Process for making a kras g12c inhibitor
WO2023196887A1 (en) 2022-04-08 2023-10-12 Eli Lilly And Company Method of treatment including kras g12c inhibitors and aurora a inhibitors
US20240108618A1 (en) 2022-06-30 2024-04-04 Eli Lilly And Company Kras g12c inhibitor dosing regimens

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4540698A (en) * 1982-01-20 1985-09-10 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Incorporated 5-Methylthiopyrimidine derivatives, their preparation process and fungicides containing same as active ingredients

Family Cites Families (82)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3133081A (en) * 1964-05-12 J-aminoindazole derivatives
US3935183A (en) * 1970-01-26 1976-01-27 Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Indazole-azo phenyl compounds
BE754242A (en) * 1970-07-15 1971-02-01 Geigy Ag J R DIAMINO-S-TRIAZINES AND DINITRO-S-TRIAZINES
US3939183A (en) * 1973-10-05 1976-02-17 Chevron Research Company Purification of maleic anhydride
US3998951A (en) * 1974-03-13 1976-12-21 Fmc Corporation Substituted 2-arylquinazolines as fungicides
GB1446126A (en) 1974-05-16 1976-08-18 Res Inst For Medicine Chemistr Photolytic preparation of diol mononitrates
DE2458965C3 (en) * 1974-12-13 1979-10-11 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen 3-Amino-indazole-N-carboxylic acid derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceuticals containing them
MA18829A1 (en) 1979-05-18 1980-12-31 Ciba Geigy Ag PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES, METHODS FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
DE2922436A1 (en) 1979-06-01 1980-12-18 Sueddeutsche Kalkstickstoff METHOD FOR OBTAINING UREA GRAINS WITH IMPROVED PROPERTIES
DOP1981004033A (en) * 1980-12-23 1990-12-29 Ciba Geigy Ag PROCEDURE TO PROTECT CROP PLANTS FROM PHYTOTOXIC ACTION OF HERBICIDES.
SE8102194L (en) * 1981-04-06 1982-10-07 Pharmacia Ab THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE ORGANIC ASSOCIATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION INCLUDING THIS
SE8102193L (en) * 1981-04-06 1982-10-07 Pharmacia Ab THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE ORGANIC ASSOCIATION AND ITS USE
US4477450A (en) * 1983-03-03 1984-10-16 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Triazolo [4,3-c]pyrimidines substituted by nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings
EP0136976A3 (en) 1983-08-23 1985-05-15 Ciba-Geigy Ag Use of phenyl pyrimidines as plant regulators
NO157836C (en) 1985-04-19 1988-05-25 Jacobsen As J ASYMMETRIC LIGHTING DEVICE.
DE3725638A1 (en) 1987-08-03 1989-02-16 Bayer Ag NEW ARYLOXY (OR THIO) AMINOPYRIMIDINE
US5710158A (en) * 1991-05-10 1998-01-20 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals Inc. Aryl and heteroaryl quinazoline compounds which inhibit EGF and/or PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase
US5597920A (en) 1992-04-30 1997-01-28 Neurogen Corporation Gabaa receptor subtypes and methods for screening drug compounds using imidazoquinoxalines and pyrrolopyrimidines to bind to gabaa receptor subtypes
JPH0665237A (en) 1992-05-07 1994-03-08 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Substituted pyrazole derivative and germicide for agriculture and horticulture
HU212308B (en) * 1992-06-09 1996-05-28 Richter Gedeon Vegyeszet Process for producing novel pregnane steroids and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
JP3588116B2 (en) 1993-10-01 2004-11-10 ノバルティス アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Pharmacologically active pyrimidineamine derivatives and process for their production
JPH10509708A (en) 1994-11-10 1998-09-22 コア セラピューティクス,インコーポレイティド Pharmaceutical pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
IL117659A (en) * 1995-04-13 2000-12-06 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co Substituted 2-phenyl pyrimidino amino acetamide derivative process for preparing the same and a pharmaceutical composition containing same
US5935966A (en) 1995-09-01 1999-08-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine carboxylates and related compounds and methods for treating inflammatory conditions
CA2230896A1 (en) 1995-09-01 1997-03-13 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine carboxylates and related compounds and methods for treating inflammatory conditions
GB9523675D0 (en) 1995-11-20 1996-01-24 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6716575B2 (en) * 1995-12-18 2004-04-06 Sugen, Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of AUR1 and/or AUR2 related disorders
DK0912559T3 (en) 1996-07-13 2003-03-10 Glaxo Group Ltd Condensed heterocyclic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
JPH10130150A (en) 1996-09-05 1998-05-19 Dainippon Pharmaceut Co Ltd Medicine comprising acetic acid amide derivative
GB9619284D0 (en) * 1996-09-16 1996-10-30 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
AU720135B2 (en) 1996-10-02 2000-05-25 Novartis Ag Pyrimidine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
JP2001506974A (en) 1996-10-11 2001-05-29 ワーナー―ランバート・コンパニー Aspartate ester inhibitor of interleukin-1β converting enzyme
EA200000409A1 (en) 1997-10-10 2000-10-30 Сайтовиэ, Инк. Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, methods for inhibiting cell death in a cell or tissue, methods of treating or REDUCE cell death, treatment or prophylaxis of polycystic kidney or anemia / erythropoiesis in an animal way to protect an organ or tissue of mammals from extinction CELLS, METHOD FOR REDUCTION OR PREVENTION CELL DEFENSE IN ORGAN OR TREATMENT OF DONOR AFTER THEIR TRANSPLANTATION, THE WAY TO REDUCE OR PREVENT THE DESTRUCTION OF SPERM OR EGGS
US6267952B1 (en) * 1998-01-09 2001-07-31 Geltex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipase inhibiting polymers
JP2000026421A (en) 1998-01-29 2000-01-25 Kumiai Chem Ind Co Ltd Diaryl sulfide derivative and pest controlling agent
EA200000840A1 (en) * 1998-02-17 2001-02-26 Туларик, Инк. ANTI-VIRUS DERIVATIVES OF PYRIMIDINE
US6153591A (en) 1998-03-16 2000-11-28 Cytovia, Inc. Dipeptide caspase inhibitors and the use thereof
EP2011499A3 (en) 1998-06-02 2010-10-20 OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolo[2,3d]Pyrimidine compositions and their use
JP4533534B2 (en) 1998-06-19 2010-09-01 ノバルティス バクシンズ アンド ダイアグノスティックス,インコーポレーテッド Inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase 3
CA2339188A1 (en) * 1998-08-21 2000-03-02 Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company Isoxazolo¬4,5-d|pyrimidines as crf antagonists
US6184226B1 (en) * 1998-08-28 2001-02-06 Scios Inc. Quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of P-38 α
CA2344290C (en) 1998-10-08 2009-06-02 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives
GB9828640D0 (en) 1998-12-23 1999-02-17 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel method and compounds
GB9828511D0 (en) 1998-12-24 1999-02-17 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9914258D0 (en) * 1999-06-18 1999-08-18 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
EP1242385B1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2009-11-25 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Cytokine, especially tnf-alpha, inhibitors
US20020065270A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2002-05-30 Moriarty Kevin Joseph N-heterocyclic inhibitors of TNF-alpha expression
SK14082001A3 (en) * 2000-02-05 2002-03-05 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of erk and pharmaceutical composition containing same
JP2003532635A (en) * 2000-02-17 2003-11-05 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Kinase inhibitors
GB0004887D0 (en) * 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
NZ522217A (en) * 2000-04-28 2004-04-30 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Cyclic compounds
JP2004501914A (en) * 2000-06-28 2004-01-22 アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ Substituted quinazoline derivatives and their use as inhibitors
US6613776B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2003-09-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
EP1318997B1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2006-05-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2002022610A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2002-03-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Isoxazoles and their use as inhibitors of erk
US6610677B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2003-08-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US7473691B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2009-01-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US6660731B2 (en) * 2000-09-15 2003-12-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US6641579B1 (en) * 2000-09-29 2003-11-04 Spectrasonics Imaging, Inc. Apparatus and method for ablating cardiac tissue
US6716851B2 (en) * 2000-12-12 2004-04-06 Cytovia, Inc. Substituted 2-aryl-4-arylaminopyrimidines and analogs as activators or caspases and inducers of apoptosis and the use thereof
DE10061863A1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-06-13 Basf Ag Preparation of triethylenediamine, useful for making pharmaceuticals and polymers, by reacting ethylenediamine over specific zeolite catalyst
IL156368A0 (en) * 2000-12-21 2004-01-04 Vertex Pharma Pyrazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
MY130778A (en) * 2001-02-09 2007-07-31 Vertex Pharma Heterocyclic inhibitiors of erk2 and uses thereof
JP4160401B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2008-10-01 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Inhibitors of C-JUNN terminal kinase (JNK) and other protein kinases
CA2443487A1 (en) * 2001-04-13 2002-10-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of c-jun n-terminal kinases (jnk) and other protein kinases
AU2002305205A1 (en) * 2001-04-20 2002-11-05 Jingrong Cao 9-deazaguanine derivatives as inhibitors of gsk-3
AU2002308748A1 (en) * 2001-05-16 2002-11-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic substituted pyrazoles as inhibitors of src and other protein kinases
ATE432929T1 (en) * 2001-06-15 2009-06-15 Vertex Pharma 5-(2-AMINOPYRIMIDINE-4-YL)BENZISOXAZOLE AS A PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITOR
WO2003004492A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Isoxazolyl-pyrimidines as inhibitors of src and lck protein kinases
US6569499B2 (en) * 2001-10-02 2003-05-27 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for coating photoreceptor substrates
JP2005516005A (en) * 2001-12-07 2005-06-02 バーテクス ファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine-based compounds useful as GSK-3 inhibitors
AU2003220300A1 (en) * 2002-03-15 2003-09-29 Binch, Hayley Compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
WO2003078427A1 (en) * 2002-03-15 2003-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Azolylaminoazines as inhibitors of protein kinases
US7179826B2 (en) * 2002-03-15 2007-02-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
ATE466580T1 (en) * 2002-03-15 2010-05-15 Vertex Pharma AZOLYLAMINOAZINE AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
US20030207873A1 (en) * 2002-04-10 2003-11-06 Edmund Harrington Inhibitors of Src and other protein kinases
US7304061B2 (en) * 2002-04-26 2007-12-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heterocyclic inhibitors of ERK2 and uses thereof
MY141867A (en) * 2002-06-20 2010-07-16 Vertex Pharma Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
JP4570955B2 (en) * 2002-07-09 2010-10-27 バーテクス ファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Imidazoles with protein kinase inhibitory activity
WO2004013140A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of gsk-3
NZ567241A (en) 2005-09-30 2010-08-27 Miikana Therapeutics Inc Substituted pyrazole compounds
DE602007007985D1 (en) 2006-12-19 2010-09-02 Vertex Pharma AS INHIBITORS OF PROTEIN KINASES SUITABLE AMINO-PRIMIDINES

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4540698A (en) * 1982-01-20 1985-09-10 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Incorporated 5-Methylthiopyrimidine derivatives, their preparation process and fungicides containing same as active ingredients

Cited By (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100256170A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2010-10-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US8524720B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2013-09-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Substituted N-(pyrazol-5-yl)-pyrrolo[3,2-D]pyrimidin-4-amine useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US8633210B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2014-01-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Triazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US20070270420A1 (en) * 2002-02-06 2007-11-22 Harbeson Scott L Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of gsk-3
US8653088B2 (en) 2003-02-06 2014-02-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20090325968A1 (en) * 2003-02-06 2009-12-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions Useful as Inhibitors of Protein Kinases
US20100081657A1 (en) * 2003-12-04 2010-04-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinoxalines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US7572914B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2009-08-11 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US20050153966A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-07-14 Syrrx, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US20050250829A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-10 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US7550598B2 (en) 2004-08-18 2009-06-23 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US20060041137A1 (en) * 2004-08-18 2006-02-23 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US7713973B2 (en) 2004-10-15 2010-05-11 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US20060084650A1 (en) * 2004-10-15 2006-04-20 Qing Dong Kinase inhibitors
US8288536B2 (en) 2004-10-15 2012-10-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8153630B2 (en) 2004-11-17 2012-04-10 Miikana Therapeutics, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US8557847B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2013-10-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Synergistic modulation of FLT3 kinase using a FLT3 inhibitor and a farnesyl transferase inhibitor
US20070021436A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2007-01-25 Nand Baindur Intermediates useful in the synthesis of alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators, and related methods of synthesis
US20060281768A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Gaul Michael D Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine kinase modulators
US20060281788A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using a flt3 inhibitor and a farnesyl transferase inhibitor
US7825244B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2010-11-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Intermediates useful in the synthesis of alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators, and related methods of synthesis
US20090197913A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2009-08-06 Christian Andrew Baumann Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using a flt3 inhibitor and a farnesyl transferase inhibitor
US20060281772A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Nand Baindur Alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators
US8071768B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2011-12-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators
US7563787B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2009-07-21 Miikana Therapeutics, Inc. Substituted pyrazole compounds
US8114870B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2012-02-14 Miikana Therapeutics, Inc. Method of treating disease states using substituted pyrazole compounds
US20090264422A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-10-22 Xiao-Yi Xiao Method of treating disease states using substituted pyrazole compounds
US20070142368A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2007-06-21 Xiao-Yi Xiao Substituted pyrazole compounds
US20070117816A1 (en) * 2005-10-07 2007-05-24 Brown Jason W Kinase inhibitors
US8119655B2 (en) 2005-10-07 2012-02-21 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US7795279B2 (en) 2005-10-18 2010-09-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting FLT3 kinase
US8637511B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2014-01-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8557833B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2013-10-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20100310675A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2010-12-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110020469A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20080318989A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2008-12-25 Burdick Daniel J Pyrimidine Kinase Inhibitors
EP1968950A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2008-09-17 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
EP1968950A4 (en) * 2005-12-19 2010-04-28 Genentech Inc Pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
US20100324063A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2010-12-23 Buser-Doepner Carolyn A Jak2 tyrosine kinase inhibition
US20090062302A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2009-03-05 Buser-Doepner Carolyn A Jak2 Tyrosine Kinase Inhibition
US9266834B2 (en) 2006-03-15 2016-02-23 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1, 4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2-receptors
US8841323B2 (en) 2006-03-15 2014-09-23 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1, 4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2-receptors
US8722718B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-05-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of C-FMS kinase
US9394289B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2016-07-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8481564B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2013-07-09 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US9526731B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2016-12-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting C-KIT kinase
US20110195960A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2011-08-11 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US9266866B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2016-02-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of C-FMS kinase
US9296726B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2016-03-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8759347B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-06-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of C-FMS kinase
US8697716B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-04-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting C-KIT kinase
US20070249680A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2007-10-25 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US9403804B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2016-08-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US20080051402A1 (en) * 2006-04-20 2008-02-28 Illig Carl R Method of inhibiting c-kit kinase
US8815867B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-08-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8859602B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-10-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8895584B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-11-25 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8933091B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2015-01-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting C-KIT kinase
US20100022502A1 (en) * 2006-11-02 2010-01-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines and aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8372850B2 (en) 2006-11-02 2013-02-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines and aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20100022507A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2010-01-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8426425B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2013-04-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US9067891B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-06-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2-receptors
US8906939B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2014-12-09 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-cyano-4-(4-tetrahydropyran-phenyl)-pyridin-2-one derivatives
US20110020376A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8410133B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-04-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8518953B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2013-08-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8735593B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2014-05-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110020377A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US8664219B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2014-03-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110021559A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2011-01-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyridines useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
US20100137305A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2010-06-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20120095014A1 (en) * 2007-04-13 2012-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8455507B2 (en) * 2007-04-13 2013-06-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20090156557A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2009-06-18 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Kinase inhibitors
US8278450B2 (en) 2007-04-18 2012-10-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8785444B2 (en) 2007-05-02 2014-07-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and pyrazoles useful as kinase inhibitors
US20100215772A1 (en) * 2007-05-02 2010-08-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8383633B2 (en) 2007-05-02 2013-02-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110046104A1 (en) * 2007-05-02 2011-02-24 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US20110060013A1 (en) * 2007-05-24 2011-03-10 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Thiazoles and pyrazoles useful as kinase inhibitors
US20090029992A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2009-01-29 Agoston Gregory E Substituted pyrazole compounds
US8598361B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2013-12-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for preparing 5-fluoro-1H-pyrazolo [3,4-B] pyridin-3-amine and derivatives therof
US8242272B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2012-08-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc. Process for preparing 5-fluoro-1H-pyrazolo [3,4-B] pyridin-3-amine and derivatives thereof
US20100184980A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2010-07-22 Juan-Miguel Jimenez Process for Preparing 5-Fluoro-1H-Pyrazolo [3,4-b] Pyridin-3-amine and Derivatives Thereof
US9132122B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2015-09-15 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′]bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US8722894B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2014-05-13 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted-4-phenyl-1H-pyridin-2-ones
US11071729B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2021-07-27 Addex Pharmaceuticals S.A. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′]bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US8748621B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2014-06-10 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted 4-(aryl-X-phenyl)-1H-pyridin-2-ones
US9114138B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2015-08-25 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′] bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US8497376B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-07-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US20090105296A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Illig Carl R Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8785486B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2014-07-22 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazo[1,2-A]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US8691849B2 (en) 2008-09-02 2014-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US20100185419A1 (en) * 2008-09-05 2010-07-22 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Algorithm for designing irreversible inhibitors
US8697689B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole and benzomorpholine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8691813B2 (en) 2008-11-28 2014-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole and benzoxazine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US9226930B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2016-01-05 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US9085577B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-07-21 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 7-aryl-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-A]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US9737533B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2017-08-22 Janssen Pharmaceuticals. Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US8937060B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-01-20 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US10071095B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2018-09-11 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US8946205B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-02-03 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US8716480B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2014-05-06 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 7-aryl-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10662195B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2020-05-26 Celgene Car Llc Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US20110117073A1 (en) * 2009-09-16 2011-05-19 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Protein Kinase Conjugates and Inhibitors
US9556426B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2017-01-31 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
US8993591B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US9271967B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2016-03-01 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US9012448B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-04-21 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US9303046B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2016-04-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of heterocyclic ester derivatives
US9029352B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2015-05-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of C-FMS kinase inhibitors
US10780086B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2020-09-22 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of inhibiting constitutively active phosphorylated FLT3 kinase
US9023880B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2015-05-05 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Llc Method of inhibiting constitutively active phosphorylated FLT3 kinase
US9801869B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2017-10-31 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of inhibiting constitutively active phosphorylated FLT3 kinase
US11738017B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2023-08-29 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of inhibiting constitutively active phosphorylated FLT3 kinase
WO2014071378A1 (en) * 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Nant Holdings Ip, Llc Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
US9458137B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-10-04 Nantbioscience, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
US10160749B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2018-12-25 Nantbio, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
RU2674249C2 (en) * 2012-11-05 2018-12-06 НэнтБайо, Инк. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and therapeutic applications thereof
US11458131B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2022-10-04 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
US9393240B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2016-07-19 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
US9101624B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2015-08-11 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
US9801870B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2017-10-31 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
US10213423B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2019-02-26 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
WO2014107209A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Llc Crenolanib for treating flt3 mutated proliferative disorders
US11007188B2 (en) 2013-01-07 2021-05-18 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders
KR101871561B1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2018-06-27 난트바이오사이언스 인코포레이티드 Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
US9550760B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-01-24 Nantbioscience, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutic applications
US10245261B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-02 Nantbio, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutic applications
WO2014145403A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Nantbio, Inc. Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutic applications
KR20150140688A (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-12-16 난트바이오사이언스 인코포레이티드 Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutical applications
CN105377261A (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-03-02 南特生物科学公司 Substituted indol-5-ol derivatives and their therapeutic applications
US10106542B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2018-10-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10584129B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2020-03-10 Janssen Pharmaceuticals Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US9708315B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2017-07-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine compounds and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US10463658B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-11-05 Videra Pharmaceuticals, Llc Method of inhibiting FLT3 kinase
US11103506B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2021-08-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US11369606B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-06-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US10537573B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2020-01-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US11078541B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-08-03 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crenolanib for treating FLT3 mutated proliferative disorders associated mutations
WO2020049208A1 (en) 2018-09-09 2020-03-12 Fundacio Privada Institut De Recerca De La Sida - Caixa Aurora kinase as target for treating, preventing or curing hiv infection or aids
US11969420B2 (en) 2020-10-30 2024-04-30 Arog Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of crenolanib and apoptosis pathway agents for the treatment of proliferative disorders

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PL374953A1 (en) 2005-11-14
JP4662823B2 (en) 2011-03-30
KR101141959B1 (en) 2012-05-04
DE60336092D1 (en) 2011-03-31
TWI297684B (en) 2008-06-11
NO20050144D0 (en) 2005-01-11
EP1517905A1 (en) 2005-03-30
TW200736231A (en) 2007-10-01
IL165849A0 (en) 2006-01-15
NO20050144L (en) 2005-03-21
AR040286A1 (en) 2005-03-23
US20090221602A1 (en) 2009-09-03
JP4237701B2 (en) 2009-03-11
ATE556068T1 (en) 2012-05-15
AU2003245568B2 (en) 2009-12-17
NZ549142A (en) 2008-04-30
US7557106B2 (en) 2009-07-07
CA2489824C (en) 2011-05-03
ATE498621T1 (en) 2011-03-15
NZ576752A (en) 2010-11-26
SG170614A1 (en) 2011-05-30
IS7606A (en) 2004-12-20
TW200406210A (en) 2004-05-01
US20060270660A1 (en) 2006-11-30
KR20050009756A (en) 2005-01-25
ECSP055561A (en) 2005-03-10
MY141867A (en) 2010-07-16
HK1100081A1 (en) 2007-09-07
CA2489824A1 (en) 2003-12-31
EA200801372A1 (en) 2008-08-29
EA012869B1 (en) 2009-12-30
TWI354554B (en) 2011-12-21
JP2006501176A (en) 2006-01-12
US20130066069A1 (en) 2013-03-14
JP2010235626A (en) 2010-10-21
CO5680433A2 (en) 2006-09-29
HRP20050064A2 (en) 2006-07-31
ES2386781T3 (en) 2012-08-30
NZ537720A (en) 2007-01-26
HK1077057A1 (en) 2006-02-03
US8779127B2 (en) 2014-07-15
NZ562953A (en) 2009-06-26
JP2005320351A (en) 2005-11-17
CN1675199A (en) 2005-09-28
EP1746093A1 (en) 2007-01-24
EP2277876A1 (en) 2011-01-26
KR20110010794A (en) 2011-02-07
EP1517905B1 (en) 2012-05-02
EP1746093B1 (en) 2011-02-16
US8268829B2 (en) 2012-09-18
HK1081178A1 (en) 2006-05-12
KR101067254B1 (en) 2011-09-27
CN100484934C (en) 2009-05-06
EP2292614A1 (en) 2011-03-09
WO2004000833A1 (en) 2003-12-31
JP2014111662A (en) 2014-06-19
EA015990B1 (en) 2012-01-30
EA200500053A1 (en) 2005-08-25
NO20110523L (en) 2005-03-21
IS7661A (en) 2005-01-21
JP2010202673A (en) 2010-09-16
AU2003245568A1 (en) 2004-01-06
MXPA05000068A (en) 2005-04-11
BR0312443A (en) 2005-05-10
NO331925B1 (en) 2012-05-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8779127B2 (en) Processes for preparing substituted pyrimidines
US10858336B2 (en) 2-(2,4,5-substituted-anilino)pyrimidine compounds
ES2361335T3 (en) PROCEDURE TO PREPARE SUBSTITUTE PYRIMIDINES.
US20230242514A1 (en) Bicyclic indazole glucocorticoid receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: VERTEX PHARMACEUTICALS INCORPORATED, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CHARRIER, JEAN-DAMIEN;MAZZEI, FRANCESCA;KAY, DAVID;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:013888/0852;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030812 TO 20030813

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION